|
RE:The Long War [Mass Effect SI - Halo Tech Elements]
... the optimal diameter of a garden hose, I felt a familiar ... glowing supercomputers. "What other impossible ideas are rattling around in that ... of reality right in its backyard. The probe, a ten-meter spear ... of every credit spent, every secret kept, and every lie told ... the solar system into a backyard pond. "You did it," Alexandra ... for those who contributed their ideas for this work. This will ...
|
forums.spacebattles.com |
hyperion2708 |
May 14, 2026 |
|
RE:Fate Ragnarok (A Fate x Kamihime Project crossover)
... hide something from Yukari, mostly secret gifts and etc. But not... at various points of the garden, telling the infant stories at ... had fond memories with. The garden they both cultivated. The fences ... from above, crashing in the backyard like the artillery she onced ... designed claws. MBI has zero ideas in weapon making. "A civilian?" ... wants to learn the hidden secret the young man is hiding ...
|
forums.spacebattles.com |
Jazedid |
May 6, 2026 |
|
RE:Generic Jumpchain Thread XV: Know Where Your Towel Is
... need it. Anyone has better ideas? I've tried to take a... a small bit. Feline Merchant (Secret of Mana): Like Neko the... Recettear Generic Builder (vending machines) Secret of Mana Spoiler: wishes/contracts... to someplace other than the backyard, whether it be a field... their problems, literally. Ladies Lake- (Garden of Avalon) A gorgeous glade ...
|
forums.spacebattles.com |
lost egos |
Apr 17, 2026 |
|
RE:Of Wit and Strength (Amphibia X Invincible discussion)
... but nope, damn. Too many ideas to explore about MBOE, too... not even getting into the ideas here... damn, writing that silly... and now I'm briming with ideas. But now let us focus... some stuff from the herb garden. The dark-haired saint of a... was funny and helped her secret identity, so she didn't ask... find a diamond in your backyard than it is getting an...
|
forums.spacebattles.com |
Dystopian God |
Mar 30, 2026 |
|
I'm a teacher at a small rural high school. My students won't stop staring at me.
I became a teacher because I wanted to save the world, one kid at a time. I know it sounds naive, but I believed it was possible because it happened to me. I grew up in a rough inner city neighborhood, with parents who were barely around: it was my teacher, Mr. Maysfield, who listened when I needed to talk, helped me get a scholarship to college, and even intervened on my behalf when I got in trouble with the law. He had been there for me, and now I wanted to be there for someone else. As soon as I got my teaching degree, I applied for a program that matched educators with schools in need. During the tense months I spent waiting for a placement, I imagined that I would be working in a school like the one I had graduated from. I figured my students would be like me: city kids with city problems, and a lifestyle that I was familiar with. When my letter finally arrived, I discovered I had been assigned to a tiny Appalachian town called ‘Deerchase.’ Its population was less than three hundred, and according to the organization, most of my students would be bussed in from nearby hollers that were even more remote. I had never lived anywhere without public transportation, without twenty-four hour shops, without background noise and light pollution. I received a letter along with my posting, one in which my future principal explained just how isolated Deerchase really was. It was an hour to the nearest gas station, and even further to the nearest grocery store. In winter, snow piled up on the narrow holler roads, making them impassable for weeks at a time. The creeks usually flooded in spring, and if I went into the woods during summer, I would need to be on the lookout for sinkholes and rattlesnakes. I told myself to look on the bright side: maybe this was my chance for one last big adventure after college. For all I knew, I might be about to discover that I loved life in the country. Dawn was breaking by the time I took the highway exit toward Deerchase (not that the town appeared on any signs). I was grateful that I had written the directions down. My GPS service was spotty on the mountain roads, and after a while, all of those gloomy forest-covered hills started to look the same. Maybe it was just the lack of sleep, but eventually I did end up getting a little lost. I pulled into a gas station–the kind that also sold fishing bait and groceries–where I hoped I could get a little help. A dusty bell jingled above the door as I walked inside. The three old men at the counter might have been customers, employees, or lifelong friends: it was impossible to say which. They stopped talking and observed me carefully. I cleared my throat and asked if any of them knew the way to Blink Hollow Road. The three men exchanged a glance. Finally, one scratched his stubbly white beard and sighed. "You missed it a couple miles back. That road goes right down into the valley. The sign’s overgrown, and the turn really sneaks up on you," he warned me. "You headed down there for the fishing?" The large bald man in overalls beside him wanted to know. I shook my head. I had been about to tell the trio exactly who I was and what I was doing there, but the way they were questioning me had put me on guard. The less these three knew, I figured, the better. I had just thanked them and turned to go when the third man shouted something after me. "Well, just don’t stay down there too long. You don't wanna come back with the Deerchase Stare!" He chuckled. It was apparently a joke, but the other two weren’t laughing. The large bald man leaned in close and whispered something; it seemed like he was telling him off. "You take care now," he warned me, "and make sure to be outta there before dark." Part of me wanted to ask what he meant; another part suspected that the three of them were just messing with me. My shiny black shoes and polo shirt made it clear that I was an outsider, and it wasn’t a stretch to imagine that all their talk about the ‘Deerchase Stare’ and ‘getting out of there before dark’ was just a prank invented by some bored old men. Ten minutes later, I was turning down Blink Hollow Road–even though I had nearly missed it for a second time. Hidden in the shadow of so many large trees, the steep downhill route seemed more like a cave than a road. Small slow-flowing streams and narrow game trails crossed it at regular intervals. At times I caught a glimpse of a rickety tobacco barn or junk-cluttered trailer through the trees, but even those looked abandoned. The valley finally opened up ahead of me. I could finally see the town of Deerchase. It was a cluster of weather-beaten brick buildings: a church, a general store, a mechanic’s garage, and the school where I would be teaching. Apart from the rusty bridge that crossed the creek and a few houses, there didn't seem to be anything else in town. I drove through slowly, checking addresses in search of the place that the organization had rented for me. I was surprised (and a little unnerved) to find that the house was just a few doors down from the school. I knew how vindictive some students could be, and I would have preferred a little more separation between my work life and my private life. A slim middle-aged man in a wicker hat sat on the porch across the street, smoking his pipe and watching my progress. So far, he was the only other person I’d seen in Deerchase. I sighed and pulled up to the address I’d been given in the letter. The house was small and on the older side, but the wide windows and fresh white paint gave it an open, airy feel. Just as I'd been promised, the key was beneath the welcome mat. As I stooped down to retrieve it, I felt a presence behind me. The air suddenly smelled like cologne, hayseed, and tobacco. "You’re the new blood, huh?" A hoarse voice announced. I turned. The middle-aged man from the house across the street was holding out his hand to me. "Don Frey, Principal of Deerfield High. I’m the one who sent you that letter." I shook it. After so many hours in the car, my clothes were wrinkled, my shirt was half untucked, and my hair was a sweaty mess: it wasn’t exactly the first impression I wanted to make, but Don Frey didn’t seem to mind. "Long drive, huh?" Was his only comment. Principal Frey immediately launched into a speech that he had obviously given before, one in which he explained that the school owned this property; that the custodian would take care of yard work and maintenance, but I was responsible for keeping the inside neat and tidy; and that it was important to keep the trash cans sealed to discourage wildlife from approaching the house. Until he mentioned it, I hadn’t really fixated on how the woods seemed to loom over my new home. Just about every residence in Deerchase butted up against the forest-covered hills, with barely a tiny patch of grass to separate them from all those gnarled, grasping branches. I thought of bears, vultures, and rabid raccoons, then shuddered. Principal Frey chuckled. "You're from the city, right? For some reason, almost all the kids they send us are from the city. You’ll learn to like it out here, though. Most everybody who comes renews their contract at least once or twice. But I’m sure you’ve already heard all that from Michelle…" According to the organization, I should have received a video call in which my predecessor, Michelle, told me about her experience in Deerchase and offered some helpful tips and suggestions for teaching there. All I'd received so far, however, was a paragraph-long email. I decided not to mention it to Principal Frey: I didn't want to get anyone in trouble, and besides, I was exhausted from the two-day drive to Deerchase. "I’m right across the way," Principal Frey reminded me, "so don’t be a stranger, you hear?" With that, he clapped me on the back and left. Maybe it was just my imagination, but I still felt eyes on me from inside the dark windows of the surrounding houses while I unpacked. I was being paranoid, I told myself; I needed to relax and give Deerchase a chance. At dusk, there was a knock at the front door. I peered through the peephole, but couldn’t see anyone, only a large brown bag with a note stapled to it. The tension of being in an unfamiliar place made my mind race with nasty possibilities. What might be inside? Some stranger's shit? A dead animal? A severed human head, or maybe something even worse? I bit my lip and opened the door. "Welcome to your new home," read the note, signed "your neighbors." The bag contained a weeks’ worth of groceries, several home-cooked meals, and a blackberry pie. Everything was delicious. It was enough to make me forget about the strange sounds of nighttime in the country, and I fell asleep almost as soon as I climbed into bed. The weeks before school started passed by in a blur. There may not have been many people in Deerchase, but they all seemed to want to meet me at once. Cecil, the mechanic, came by to offer me a discount on an oil change; Reverend Whitt, from Deerchase Baptist Church, wanted to know if I'd been baptized. I was constantly bombarded with advice, gossip, or invitations to dinner, and I still hadn't even prepared my first lesson. Under the circumstances, I guess it's no surprise that I overlooked some of the more unusual aspects of life in Deerchase. Like how so many of the houses–including mine–seemed to have a path into the woods in their backyards. Or the total absence of teenagers on the streets. I knew that kids didn't spend as much time outside as they used to, but I had still somehow expected to see a few of my soon-to-be students tossing a ball into the rusty hoop in front of the church or sneaking puffs from a cigarette on the weathered wood steps of the general store. "Minton's Goods and Sundry," read the rusty tin sign on the general store's roof, and it was the first place I went once the supplies from the gift bag began to run out. The shelves were stocked with everything from cans of beans to zip ties and romance novels: all of it was dusty and overpriced. I expected to find a bespectacled old man behind the counter; instead, I discovered that the owner was a freckly redhead who looked to be right around my age. Her name was Ruth, and she was one of the only people who hadn't come by to say hello along with the rest of the casserole parade. She was reserved and tight-lipped when compared to the rest of them: she gave one-word answers to my questions and usually hurried into the back of the store to avoid any attempt I made at conversation. At first I thought she just didn't want to give me the wrong idea, considering that we were both young and single, but by the end of August I had begun to suspect that something darker was going on. Ruth went straight from the store to home, and never spoke to anyone in town if she could help it. It was almost like she was scared of them, although I couldn’t see why: the locals had been nothing but kind to me since I’d arrived. The only thing that bothered me were the noises I sometimes heard at night. Principal Frey had warned me about animals trying to get into the trash, so I figured that was all it was–at first. Maybe it was just city-boy skittishness, but whatever was out there sounded a lot bigger than some raccoon. It called to mind unsettlingly the little path that began in my backyard, the one that I still hadn't gotten around to fully exploring. If nobody was using it, it should have been a lot more overgrown, right? Work pushed those disquieting thoughts right out of my mind. During the week before school, I met my future co-workers and got my first look inside Deerchase High School. Like the house I was staying in, its worn hallways and yellowed light fixtures were old but well-kept; most of my fellow teachers were locals who had moved back to the area after college. I didn’t have much to add to their conversations about hunting or engine repair, but they did their best to include me anyway. Everything was going fine–until September first. The arrival of those rumbling yellow school buses completely transformed Deerchase High. Suddenly students were everywhere: yelling, goofing around, greeting each other after the long summer vacation. I felt a little guilty. In the back of my mind, I had been expecting horror movie stereotypes: a bunch of creepy blond kids who were all in some religious cult, or a classroom full of ignorant, inbred hicks. Instead, I found that teens in Deerchase were just like kids the whole world over: they even listened to some of the same music as my students back in the city. Most of them already knew who I was, and a few of the older students even stopped to greet me and ask what I thought of their town so far. After the first fifteen minutes of class, I was brimming with confidence. This was going to be easier than I thought. I’ll never forget what happened next. We were doing an icebreaker activity. The students were all up out of their seats, milling around the room. Derrick, the Reverend’s seventeen-year-old son, had just told a joke that had the whole class laughing, even me–and then suddenly, everyone froze. Most had stopped in uncomfortable positions, with hands thrown up in the air or leaning cross-legged on someone else’s desk; a few had even been caught mid-clap. If it was some bizarre prank, however, it shouldn’t have worked so seamlessly. At least one or two of the students should have giggled or wobbled in their awkward stances–but nobody did. I waved a hand in front of Derrick’s wide-eyed grinning face. He didn’t even blink. Some of their eyes were beginning to water. Saliva dribbled down from their open mouths, and the unnatural poses were causing some students’ muscles to pulse beneath their skin like twitching worms. I was starting to get genuinely worried. I clapped, shouted, warned them to knock it off–all to no avail. I picked up the phone and dialed the principal’s office. When I still hadn’t gotten an answer after ten rings, I stuck my head out into the hallway. The whole building, it seemed, had gone silent. Seconds ticked by– And then, without warning, life resumed. Hands clapped together, conversations went on as though they’d never been interrupted at all. Principal Frey called back to ask what was wrong. "Nothing," I said, but my eyes were fixed on the clock. Six whole minutes had passed, but apparently I was the only one who noticed it. A hand on my shoulder made me jump. "You okay, Mr. B?" Derrick asked. "You look a little…wound up…" This time, he wasn’t smiling. "First day jitters I guess," I teased. "You guys are just too much for me." Derrick went back to the activity, apparently satisfied, but he whispered something to Suzie, the tall ponytailed girl who sat beside him. When the bell rang to switch classes, both of them looked over their shoulders at me as they left. I couldn’t read the expression on their faces. It seemed almost like suspicion, or fear. If the whole thing had just been a joke, then why did the two of them seem to be taking it so seriously? The remainder of my classes went fine, or would have, if I hadn't been so shaken up. Fortunately, most of the students at Deerchase High were just as friendly and welcoming as their parents. Even though I was distracted and unfocused, nobody gave me any real trouble. So why couldn’t I escape the feeling that the whole school was observing me, waiting to see how I would react to the morning’s events? It got worse as the day went on, and by last period, I was scared of my own shadow. I jumped in my chair when Principal Frey came by to ask me how my first day had gone. As much as I longed to mention those missing six minutes, I didn’t want to give the impression that the kids were already messing with me. "It went great," I told him, and went back to preparing the following day’s lesson. In my dreams that night, I was back in the classroom, trapped with those statue-still teenagers. The fluorescent lights buzzed overhead; the ticking of the clock felt as loud as a drumbeat. This time, however, something was different: the students inched a little closer each time I blinked. The expressions on their faces, too, began to change: instead of being locked in laughter, they twisted into something animalistic and hateful. Their hands lifted, as though they wanted to fling me to the floor and eat me alive. I tugged at the door handle, but it refused to open. The lights flickered. And then– I woke up with a start. I lay in bed, watching the ceiling fan stir the muggy summer air and trying to sleep, I heard more of those noises outside. This time, there could be no doubt about it: what I was hearing were footsteps–several sets of them. I rushed to the kitchen to turn on the backyard floodlights, but they didn’t work. No matter how hard I squinted, all I could see through the windows was the pitch-blackness of a moonless country night. I had problems sleeping for the next two weeks. Because I’d prepared everything well and the students were so easygoing, I was able to get through each day, but it was clear that I couldn’t keep this up. The next Friday afternoon, I packed up my things right after last period and headed home for a well-deserved nap. Halfway across the street, however, the hair stood up on the back of my neck. Where had all the shouts and conversation gone? The only noise left was the rumbling of school bus engines and the lonely bounce of an abandoned basketball. It was happening again: all of the teenagers in Deerchase had suddenly frozen in place. I looked desperately around for another adult presence, if only to confirm I wasn’t crazy, and locked eyes with the nearest bus driver. To my surprise, she didn’t look bothered at all by the phenomenon. She just drummed her long crimson nails on the steering wheel impatiently, waiting for it to pass. I stuck my head through the open bus door and asked what was wrong. "Wrong?" She snorted. "Dunno what you’re talking about." I couldn’t believe it. Weaving through the crowd of eerily-unmoving students, I made my way to Principal Frey’s office. If anybody could explain this, it was him. The students sprang back to life just as I was approaching his door. A football player shoulder-checked me and apologized; he seemed genuinely confused about how we had crashed into each other. They don’t know, I realized. None of them are aware of what’s happening to them! Or maybe not none of them. Principal Frey’s door swung open just as I was arriving, and two students walked out: Derrick Whitt and Suzie, the girl with the ponytail from my first period class. From the looks on all three of their faces, they had just been talking about me. "Derrick here was just telling me how great your first lesson was," Principal Frey told me, "and he's not an easy young man to impress." I hadn't overheard much of their conversation, but it was enough to chill my blood. I'd caught the words "sure he noticed" and "happening more often." I stammered a thank you to Derrick, but decided against mentioning the weird trance that the students had just gone into. Whatever was happening here, Principal Frey was already aware of it–maybe even a part of it. I went home, wrote yet another email to my predecessor Michelle, and collapsed into bed. The sun was setting when I woke up. There was still time, I realized, to ask one other person about the strangeness I'd witnessed: Ruth at the general store. She was locking up when I approached, and my unexpected presence made her jump. "What do you want?" She inquired irritably. I asked if she'd known Michelle. "Yeah I did," was all Ruth said, before stuffing her keys in her jacket pocket and stomping down the stairs. "Why did she leave?" I insisted. "I can't get her to call me or have a real conversation, no matter how hard I try…" Ruth glared at me, as though that should have told me everything I needed to know. "Wait!" I shouted after her, but she was already gone, scurrying toward her beat up truck like a hunted deer. As I walked back home, I caught a glimpse of a pipe smouldering in the gloom of the porch across the street. Principal Frey was watching us. On my last grocery run, I had picked up a lightbulb for the backyard floodlight, but it still wasn’t working; Cecil the custodian had been evasive about what the problem might be. It made me wonder whether maybe my lights had been tampered with on purpose. Last time, the sound of footsteps at night had coincided with the students’ trance; if the pattern held, whoever had been passing through my backyard would be back tonight. There was a chance that I might be able to catch them in the act–if I was lucky. Giving up on sleep, I crept out the back screen door and squatted in the shadow of a magnolia tree near the path. The moon overhead was almost full, and I was confident that I would be able to see the trespassers without being seen myself. I had barely gotten into position when I felt something crawling down my cheek. I didn’t see what it was before I swatted it away, but it had felt almost hand-sized. Next came the mosquitos. The longer I sat there, the more of them closed in, as though they were having their last big feast before fall arrived. I was about to give up and go inside when I spotted five dark shapes tiptoeing along the side of the house. One of them was Suzie. She paused to check inside my bedroom window. I shivered, suddenly glad that I had left the bed messy enough so that it appeared someone was sleeping there. She gave the other four a thumbs-up sign, and the group made straight for the path. I recognized all of them as Deerchase High School students. I had never imagined that my first teaching job would involve missing time or creeping through the woods by moonlight, and yet here I was: getting further away from safety with every step. I thought of all the stories I’d heard of people who’d gotten lost for weeks or died of exposure in small, well-traveled parks just because they had wandered a short distance off of the trail–and Deerchase was a lot more remote than any of those places. What if I got turned around in the dark? The students up ahead, at least, seemed confident that they knew the way. The branches cast inky-black shadows on the pale dirt trail. The five teenagers walked quickly and in total silence: wherever they were going, they were in a hurry to get there. They didn’t look back once, not even after a twig snapped beneath my heel. The path wound up to a rocky ridge that offered a panoramic view of the whole valley, then descended steeply into a narrow gully. It joined up with other trails along the way; some of them even had hand-holds worn into the stone, as though they’d been used for generations. All of the paths led downward. The humid air was full of frog croaks and the whirr of insects; the ground beneath my feet slowly transformed into slick muck. The vegetation was thicker down here, with more grasping limbs and gnarled roots to trip over–and the mosquitos were worse than ever. What the hell could a group of teenagers want with a place like this? Up ahead, the foliage finally opened up, revealing a slime-covered pond with a dead tree at its edge. Fireflies, moths, and other bugs I couldn’t identify fluttered above the water. The group made directly for the tree, then halted at the sound of something crashing through the undergrowth–something huge. The largest stag I’d ever seen was barreling toward the five teens, swinging its crown of antlers from side to side like a deadly pendulum. Its mouth frothed; its eyes were wide and rolling. I opened my mouth to shout a warning, but the stag changed directions, making for the tree instead. It scraped its body against the bark for several minutes, then charged off as quickly as it had come. The group of teens exchanged a glance, but they didn’t seem frightened, or even surprised– Well, except for one of them. Beside Suzie stood a shorter girl who I thought I recognized. She was a freshman–and Suzie’s sister. She clung to her older sibling’s hand as though she might fall off of the earth if she let it go. I inched nearer. "You ready, Katie?" Suzie whispered. "As I’ll ever be," Katie replied. Her braces flashed in the moonlight as she gave the group a nervous little smile. "Go on," a broad-shouldered boy from the Deerchase High football team told her. "You know what to do. It’s not scary…" The fear on Katie’s face said otherwise. With Suzie and the others forming a sort of honor guard around her, she approached the dead tree. There was no cover between the edge of the woods and the murky shore of the pond, but I was going to have to get even closer if I wanted to see what they were up to. I took a deep breath and tiptoed out into the moonlight. All it would take now was one of them turning around; I was totally exposed. I didn’t breathe again until I was hidden by the reeds at the pond’s edge. Katie ran her fingers across the gnarled wood. She seemed to be trying to catch something, something smaller than a dime that emitted a faint greenish light. There were dozens of them scurrying across the tree. To me, they looked a lot like glow-in-the-dark ticks. Katie trapped one gently between her fingers and inspected it in the moonlight. "The back of the neck’s the best place," Suzie explained to her little sister. Katie, still hesitant, followed her advice. Seconds later, Katie’s face contorted with pain…and then she giggled. "See?" Suzie squeezed her shoulder. "Not any worse than ripping a bandaid off. It might take a minute or two for it to kick in, though…" The others were already combing the tree for their own brightly-colored bugs; the football player cupped one gently between his hands before holding it against his wrist. Another boy passed one to Suzie, who accepted gratefully. The five of them stood on the edge of the moonlit pond; their unmoving black silhouettes looked like some sort of bizarre surrealist sculpture. Finally, the football player’s shoulders began to shake. He clapped his hands together, threw his head back, and laughed. He took off running through the woods, careless of any path–almost like the stag we’d seen a few minutes before. The others went after him: dancing, twirling, and gibbering like they’d lost their minds. Once I was sure they were gone, I walked up to the dead tree myself. There were still several of those glowing tick-like insects skittering around, but I wasn’t planning to pick one up myself–not without gloves, anyway. This, I thought, must be the truth behind the so-called ‘Deerchase Stare:’ the kids in town were all getting high on the venom of these weird little bugs. Their trances, or whatever they were, were just a side effect. I already had a plan in mind. I would catch a few of the insects in a jar and take them to a buddy of mine at the state university–a guy who was getting his Ph.D in entomology. Even if he wasn’t able to explain what was happening to the teenagers in Deerchase, he’d surely know somebody who could. Little by little, life and sound returned to the pond. Frogs croaked, cicadas whirred; a fat possum blinked down at me from a limb overhead. It would have been a picturesque late-night scene…if it wasn’t for the secret that I now knew. I looked back up the path with a sinking feeling, wishing that I had turned around from time to time to see what the trail looked like from the other direction. Apart from a few tense moments when the path was hidden by rotting leaves or scrambled over stone, however, I was able to follow it back with no problems. Just how often did the local teenagers come down to this place, and others like it? I thought back to what Derrick had said in Principal Frey’s office about those freakish, frozen-in-time moments ‘happening more often.’ What if the trances weren’t a side effect after all? What if they were a withdrawal symptom? The thought of generation after generation creeping down here to take their first hit, only to become dependent on some insects’ venom…it made my skin crawl just thinking about it. One thing was for sure: I couldn’t trust Principal Frey–or any of the other local authorities–with what I’d discovered; I had to get this information to somebody far away from Deerchase. When I finally got back, the digital clock in the kitchen read 3:03 AM. The house, at least, was undisturbed, and the lights were out in the homes across the street. Nobody had noticed my absence…or at least, I hoped not. I showered away the grime of the woods off of my skin and threw myself into bed, exhausted. The next Monday, I kept an eye out for the group that I’d seen in the woods. I had expected to find them gaunt and hollow-eyed,their bodies still reeling from that insane dance through the forest–but apart from a few scratches all five looked happy and healthy. They looked better, in fact, than any teenagers I’d ever seen. When I’d first started teaching in Deerchase, the cheerful easygoing attitude of the students had been a relief; now, it suddenly seemed sinister. After work, I went home and made a shopping list: one that included glass jars and thick rubber gloves. I was just about to head out the door when I spotted a broad-brimmed straw hat bobbing up and down on the other side of the living room window. Principal Frey. What was he doing back on my porch? Fully aware that there was no way to get to my car without being seen, I stepped outside and greeted him. The school principal was seated in my front porch rocker, refilling his pipe and looking out over the town like he owned the place–and maybe, in a certain sense, he did. "Been meaning to tell you," he smiled apologetically, "your front tires are starting to look a little low." I glanced over his shoulder at my hatchback. The tires weren’t just ‘low:’ they were flat! "Don’t worry," Principal Frey reassured me when he saw the look of horror on my face. "I already talked to Cecil, and he should have some replacements for you in a week or two, tops." He paused to light his pipe, then went on. "The school district will pick up the bill. See, we know how hard it must be for you, moving to a place like this where you might run into all sorts of…unexpected things. But you’ll also find that around here, we take care of our own. No matter what." I wasn’t sure whether it was a veiled threat or whether Principal Frey was just being neighborly, but I was pretty confident that I hadn’t run over anything sharp recently. The sabotage was probably deliberate, which meant that I’d have to find another way to get the proof of what I found out of Deerchase. My gaze drifted to Minton’s Goods and Sundry. I told Principal Frey that we’d talk more later; right now, I needed to pick something up at the general store. "I’ve got to talk to you!" I shouted to Ruth, before she could run into the back of the store like usual. She stood up from the shelves she was stocking and dusted off her hands on her jeans; it seemed like she already knew what was coming. I was going to take a chance. If I was wrong, it might be the last thing I ever did. "You’re different from everybody else in Deerchase," I said, "and I think I know why." Ruth froze. For an awful second I was afraid it was the Deerchase Stare all over again; then I realized how long she must have been waiting for someone to say those words. How long she must have been waiting to share her story with somebody she could trust. "My grandfather Minton was a god-fearing man," Ruth stammered. "Not like that hypocrite Reverend and his son, Derrick. Minton made our whole family promise that we wouldn’t go out into the woods at night along with the rest of them, and as you can imagine, that didn’t make us very popular. My ma and sisters all left town, but not me: I didn’t want to give them the satisfaction. After what happened to Michelle, though…" I glanced nervously toward the door: Cecil the mechanic and his son–the football player who I’d seen in the woods–were standing in front of the garage across the street. Maybe it was just a coincidence…but then again, maybe not. I asked Ruth what she meant about Michelle. She admitted that she didn't have any evidence, only suspicions, and the confidence that Michelle had been her friend: she never would have just left without telling her. And yet one day, toward the end of the past school year, my predecessor had just vanished. Her car was gone, the house was empty, and all of its lights had been turned off. Ruth had gone so far as to message the social media accounts of Michelle’s parents, asking for news about their daughter. They said they heard from her about once a week, and that she'd taken another remote teaching job on the other side of the country. "Everybody's saying they've heard from her, but it's all through email. No one's seen Michelle or heard her voice in months. And those emails…they don't sound like the bubbly west coast gal I used to know. They sound like someone pretending to be her. And you know the worst part? Right before she disappeared, Michelle was doing just what you're doing now: standing here asking for a ride out of town." Ruth drew in a long, ragged breath. "Go pack. I'll pick you up in fifteen minutes." I checked outside again: Cecil and his son were gone. I forced myself to walk, rather than run, back to the house: no one was on the streets of Deerchase, but that didn't mean that no one was watching. It was a hot, humid afternoon, and by the time I reached the porch I was thinking more about a glass of cold water and what I was planning to stuff into my suitcase than the dangers of Deerchase. I stepped inside, locked the door behind me, and was just turning toward the kitchen when I felt a hand on my shoulder. Cecil and his son. I barely had time to think of the name before the pair slammed me against the floor. A muscly knee pressed into my spine; my arms were pinned. "This house is property of the school," Principal Frey announced from behind them, "and so of course, I've got a spare key." He stood in the shadows of the room, and he wasn't alone: Suzie and her sister Katie were at his side. Suzie held a small glass jar that contained a few scurrying insects I recognized. Grunting from the pain, I asked him how he’d known. "Your shoes," Principal Frey explained. "There aren't many places around here where you'll find that sort of thick black mud, and all of them are home to our little friends here." Suzie approached with the jar; her sister carefully unscrewed it. Principal Frey snapped on one of his wife's gardening gloves and reached inside. "One of these little fellas could bite me right now and I wouldn't get much more than a rash, some funny dreams, and a day or two of fever. I'm too old, see. A young person like you, on the other hand…the effect gets weaker after the age of twenty or so, but I think you're still young enough to appreciate what they can do…" I thrashed and kicked, but Cecil and his son were twice my size. I couldn't see what was happening, but I could sense the tiny legs creeping across the back of my neck. Just as I was praying that it wouldn't bite, I felt a twinge of pain just above my right shoulder. "Not any worse than ripping a band-aid off," Suzie had said, and it was true. Moments later, the area around the bite began to feel hot. My stomach rolled, as though I'd just taken a plunge on a roller coaster– And then that tiny bug's venom finally took effect. My mentor, Mr. Maysfield, had kept me away from hard drugs, but he couldn't change the neighborhood I grew up in. I'd tried weed, coke, and oxy: this stuff was better than all three. It was better than sex, better than hearing a judge say the words "not guilty," better than the happiest moment of my life. Space became sound, sound became color, and the whole thing blended into an glorious symphony that felt like it would never end. When I came back to my senses, the sun had set and the temperature was dropping. I was somewhere on the two-line road outside of Deerchase; my legs ached from all the running, or maybe dancing, that I'd been doing during the past several hours. A truck rumbled up behind me: it might even have been there all along. Reverend Whitt was driving, Derrick was in the backseat, and Principal Frey was riding shotgun. He stuck his head out the window. "And just think," he chuckled, "that's not even a tenth of what you would've felt if you were sixteen! As you’ve probably noticed," Principal Frey went on, "there aren’t many good jobs around here. There’s no industry, no culture, no tourist attractions. Our little tradition is the one thing we’ve got going for us, and we’ll defend it to the death if need be." I wiped drool from my mouth with the back of my hand. I stared hungrily at the pickup. I knew I should have been screaming about how wrong all of this was, but all I could think of was how badly I wanted more. Reverend Whitt and Principal Frey winked at each other and exchanged a knowing glance. "Don't worry, son," the Reverend smiled, holding up Suzie's little glass jar. "All things come in God's good time." On the drive back to the house, Principal Frey explained his terms. For the duration of my contract, I was forbidden from leaving Deerchase without being accompanied by either Reverend Whitt, Cecil, or himself; the same went for calls and messages exchanged with anyone outside of town. In return, I would receive a dose of ‘chase tick’ venom as often as I could safely receive it. A ‘FOR SALE’ sign eventually popped up in the dusty window of Minton's Goods and Sundry. Everyone told me that Ruth had finally given up and moved away; eventually, I even managed to convince myself that it was true. I renewed my contract, then renewed it again. By the end of my third year, I was twenty-five, and the ‘chase tick’ venom barely did anything for me anymore: just as Principal Frey had said, for older adults all it offered was a rash, a fever, and some intense dreams during the following night. It was time to move on. After I'd said my goodbyes to my friends in Deerchase, I shook Principal Frey's hand, silently reaffirming my promise to never mention the town's strange secret to anyone. I continued my career as a teacher, and my performance reviews were glowing–although they did mention how I seemed to space out from time to time. Things might have gone on like that forever, if it wasn’t for the severe flooding in the Deerchase area last spring. The rising water left behind the remains of a pickup truck that had been dumped into the creek, as well as the corpse of a young woman with her hands cuffed to its steering wheel: Ruth. The discovery prompted state police to dredge the rest of the creek, where Michelle was finally found: her body had been weighted down by chains and mummified with electrical tape. Most disturbing of all, her parents had received an email from her just a few days before. Police traced its transmission to a fast-food joint at the same exit I’d taken to reach Deerchase–one that offered free wifi. I wasn’t sure what stung more: the knowledge that the people of Deerchase had hidden the truth from me, or that knowledge that I had been so desperate for their drug that I’d believed such flimsy lies. Thanks to my anonymous tip, officers finally investigated the trail behind my former home. They went during the day and found nothing to collaborate my testimony. The only result of their visit was that the people of Deerchase now knew I had betrayed their secret. I thought that I was safe in the city–that none of my old neighbors would seek me out and drive so far just for a broken promise. Of course, that was before last night– When I found a tiny glowing tick on my pillow. submitted by /u/beardify to r/nosleep [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
beardify |
Mar 4, 2026 |
|
Look at the genius idea he had with this tree that was in the middle of the backyard
submitted by /u/SirDawson to r/DiWHY [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
SirDawson |
Nov 21, 2025 |
|
What happened to Caylee Anthony? (My theory updated)
My theory of the crime: On Monday June 16th 2008, 22 year old Casey Anthony intentionally killed her daughter, little 2 and a half year old Caylee Anthony via asphyxiation with duct tape. Casey placed Caylee’s body in a laundry bag and covered it with a blanket, and placed it in her trunk. Casey attempted to bury the body on June 17th with a shovel, in the backyard of the Anthony residence, but discovered it would take too much time and effort. Then, Casey drove around scoping out areas to dispose of the body, but for some reason opted to keep the body in her trunk. Between the dates of June 20th to June 25th- most likely the 25th of June, casey disposed of Caylee’s body in a wooded area less than 1/3rd of a mile from the Anthony residence. Between the dates of June 20th to June 25th Casey cleaned her car with cleaning supplies, and placed a bag of trash in the trunk to cover the overwhelming smell of human decomposition. June 27th Casey abandons the car at an Amscott. The night before the murder (June 15th 2008) Casey Anthony and her mother Cindy Anthony got into a physical fight and Cindy strangled Casey in a fit of rage. Cindy told Casey she needs to move out of the Anthony residence & that she & Casey’s father, George will be attempting to take full custody of Caylee. Casey was now homeless, and full of rage and contempt. Cindy felt Casey was an unfit mother, and was trying to force Casey to become a fit mother to Caylee. By enabling Casey by providing for Caylee, constantly asking Casey her whereabouts, telling her she’s an unfit mother, and threatening to take custody of Caylee. In Casey’s rage she gave up the fight of trying to prove anything. Casey felt “you want to see an unfit mother? I’ll show you an unfit mother.” Casey felt “how dare you try to control my life. I will not be controlled by anyone & im willing to lose everything to prove that.” Casey gave up on the fight with Cindy completely. “If Caylee’s gone i can be free from both responsibility of raising a child, and my parents control.” During the 31days after Casey killed caylee (June 16th~July 15th) Casey went out drinking, stayed with friends, stayed with her boyfriend, stole money from friends & family, got a tattoo, borrowed cars from friends & met with potential love interests. ——————————————————————— Timeline: Monday 06/16/2008: •3:05PM-3:35PM -Casey grabs duct tape from garage -Casey either: - A.puts Cayley in laundry bag - B.approaches caylee during nap -Casey wraps duct tape around her face OR places a strip on eyes, then mouth, then nose. -carries on with business, could have watched TV or packed bags for Tony’s house, wrote in her journal, anything. -after a few minutes (takes less than 10 to suffocate a small child) she returns to the scene crime. Here’s when the sticker may have been placed. If caylee was laying in bed, this is when she’s placed in laundry basket. If already in laundry basket this is when the basket is covered with blanket. At 4:11PM Casey calls Cindy twice, both times go unanswered. Casey was attempting to call Cindy to tell her she will not be taking Caylee to Cindy’s work that day, and she is staying with the nanny tonight. At 4:13PM Casey calls Tony to say she’s free for the night 4:13-4:18 no phone activity, body and laundry basket are placed in trunk -if car is not backed up into garage she could have covered the body with the blanket. carries the laundry basket to the car. -goes to Tony’s, goes to blockbuster, watches movies, spends the night at Tony’s. Tuesday 06/17/2008 -Casey leaves Tony’s to go to Anthony residence. -2:30PM arrives at Anthony residence -backs car into garage. -Asks neighbor for shovel -brings laundry basket, containing body covered with blanket to backyard -Attempts to dig a hole, gives up -puts basket back in trunk -returns shovel within hour -places basket & body back in trunk -drives around scoping potential areas to dump body, decides not to dump this day Between 06/20/2008~06/25/2008 Casey is seen with her car backed into Anthony residences garage by neighbor several times. My theory is that that: - Caylee’s body could have been switched back and forth from Anthony residence to Casey’s trunk multiple times - After dumping the body Casey attempted to clean the car Tuesday 06/24/2008 Casey runs to Anthony residence quickly to grab some of her things George suspects Casey stole his gas cans, when he goes to retrieve them Casey won’t let him open the trunk, and throws his gas cans at him. After this close call Casey decides to finally dump the body 0.2 miles from Anthony residence. Wednesday 06/25/2008 Casey becomes annoyed and worried with obvious decomposition smell -Casey cleans trunk at Anthony home -Casey returns to back Tony’s -Casey places garbage bag full of trash from Tony’s in trunk to disguise smell Friday 06/27/2008 car is abandoned at AmScott ——————————————————————— motive for crime: I believe the motive for the crime was a mixture of multiple factors: Factor 1 Casey wanted to hurt Cindy Factor 2 Casey wanted more freedom + less responsibility Factor 3 Casey had no place to live Factor 4 casey did not want a child to begin with I will explain my reasons for these motives. Factor 1: Casey wanted to hurt Cindy This factor Had much to do with the dynamic between Casey and Cindy. (A) Casey felt extremely controlled by Cindy. 1A. Annie downing says Cindy called Casey while she was out “frequently” asking questions “where are you?” “Why are you out so late?” “When will you be coming home?” “Her mom would call almost every single time we were out to yell at her from one thing to another or see where she was at” 2A. Annie downing: “Casey made it seem like her mother was this horrible person that was trying to control her life, and take Caylee away from her, wanted caylee to call her mom” 3A. Tony Lazzaro: DETECTIVE: Why did Casey have to leave? TL: Uh, because she couldn't, her mom was not allowing her to stay over. Well that's what she had told me at least. 4A. Richard grund: “it’s a household that Cindy rules. The only thing that gets done is what Cindy wants done. That’s the way it is.” 5A. Richard grund: “Casey’s life in my opinion is not good, but it’s a controlled mess up until the end of May early June.” 6A. Michelle Murphy: “i saw Casey very afraid of her mom, and her moms rebuke, or her moms like- what her mom was going to say about her, disappointing her mom” B. Casey felt and was seen as unfit mother 1B. Amy downing interview: “Uhm, and she pretty much you know, said that she thought Casey was an unfit mother and that if this goes on much longer that she would sue for custody of Caylee if it got to that. DR: Why did you, why did she think she was an unfit mom? AH: Uhm, the going out, the partying.” 2B. During lees interview on July 15th 2008 Cindy is trying to see caylee and Casey won’t provide an address so Cindy can see her. In frustration Cindy says she’s calling the police, leaves Lee and Casey alone and Casey starts to open up to Lee: “Mom has thrown it in my face many times before that I’m an unfit mother, maybe she’s right. Maybe i am.” Cindy has said to Casey “even though caylee has been the best thing and the best mistake, that she was indeed a mistake. Casey’s mistake.” Detective asks if the overall theme is that Casey feels Cindy is disappointed in her & Lee says “right. Or maybe not feel like Casey is being the mother that she should be to Caylee. 3B. Lee Anthony: Casey tells Lee caylee has been missing for 31 days, Cindy comes in hearing casey is crying and asks Casey immediately “what have you done?” 4B. Amy huinzega: EE: So she said she well felt she was an unfit mother? But did... AH: Which Casey had told me that her mom has said to her 5B. Michelle Murphy: in response to Casey saying she feels like an unfit mother “If you don’t feel you can take care of your daughter right, you know you’re so lucky to have parents who will gladly take care of Caylee for you.” C. Casey did not like Cindy. 1C. Annie downing: “Casey made it seem like her mother was this horrible person that was trying to control her life, and take Caylee away from her, wanted caylee to call her mom” 2C. Richard grund: “Casey sat at our table over those months when jesse wasn’t there to talk to me, and repeatedly said i don’t want to turn out like my mother. I don’t want to be around my mother. I want out of that house.” D. Casey held resentment towards Cindy 1D. Lee Anthony: Detective asks if there’s a wedge, or a bit of competition between Cindy and Casey and Lee says “there has to be. Whether it’s intentional or what, i know my mother has said on numerous occasions - that’s never she feels as if Casey has some sort of resentment to my mother that my mother has been the provider for caylee down to the extent my mother was the first person to hold Caylee when she came out of the womb.” 2D. George Anthony: Detective: She (Cindy) was almost more of a mother figure than Casey? ga: yeah. I think it happened from the day she was born. As a matter of fact - the day she was born after they got done cleaning my granddaughter up -who they hand her to was my wife and my daughter has always harbored ill feelings” E. Casey felt that Cindy was trying to take her place as Caylee’s mother 1E. Annie Downing: Annie says in reference to caylee’s 2nd birthday party “Cindy was helping [opening caylees presents] and Casey was getting so upset, you know this is my daughter and my moms trying to take my job out of it- Cindy was trying to play mom instead of letting Casey play mom.” 2E: Annie downing: “Casey made it seem like her mother was this horrible person that was trying to control her life, and take Caylee away from her, wanted caylee to call her mom” 3E: Michelle Murphy: “-kind of competing over [opening] the gifts, you know and i think Casey was more involved, but i think, you know, Cindy was still trying to run the show.” 4E. Michelle Murphy: “Mom (Cindy) was being overprotective and overbearing and was trying to assume the mother role with caylee.” F. Cindy threatened to take custody of Caylee F1. Amy huinzega: “Uhm, and she (Cindy) pretty much you know, said that she thought Casey was an unfit mother and that if this goes on much longer that she would sue for custody of Caylee if it got to that. F2. Michelle Murphy: “It (custody) had been mentioned by Lee to me a few times that George had mentioned it.” Continued “as far as the custody thing, of them taking custody of Caylee, it had been an ongoing, i think, subject for, if i had to guess, it would probably be for most of Caylee’s life.” G. Casey wanted to hurt Cindy. Casey knew Cindy would take Caylee if push came to shove. Which is why i believe she didn’t want Cindy to win & wanted to hurt Cindy. 1G. Annie downing said Casey had a breakdown and wanted to go to a facility, Annie asked “what about Caylee?” Casey said “my mom will take her. I know she’ll take her.” 2G. Shirley says to Cindy in an email: “I know you would gladly give your life for Caylee...Personally, I think that Casey took Caylee to hurt you. Not that she meant to harm her. She could have left her with you. And then go on with her lifestyle that she wanted, till she got it out of her system. —She knew she and Caylee would always have a good home with you.” H. Cindy wanted Casey to participate as a parent. H1. Annie downing says in reference to why Cindy would call frequently when Casey was out “she wanted her home to take care of her own daughter” ——————————————————————— Factor 2: Casey wanted more freedom + less responsibility Caylee interfered with Casey’s social life Tony lazzaro: “were over at my place and we wanted to hang out. Well, you know, the four of us. And she couldn't because she was with her nanny and her kids because the kids couldn't fall asleep. Uhm, or I mean she uh, I guess Caylee was asleep and she awoken so she couldn't come over anymore. Detective: So this was that week... AL: Uh ... Detective: ..right after.. AL: ..it would have to be that week. Detective: Okay. So Caylee was maybe a reason why she couldn't come hang out with you and the .... AL: That's .... Detective: ... and the crew? AL: ... well that's, that's exactly what she said is because of Caylee she couldn't. Tony lazzaro: aL: That, also that night she did not stay over. Detective: She didn't? aL: No. Detective: Well was uhm, what was the girl's name she borrowed the car, Amy? aL: Yeah (affirmative). Detective:Was Amy with you guys that night? aL: Yes, Amy was with us that night. But she wasn't in the car. It was only me, Clint House, uhm, her, his girlfriend, Maria. Uhm, we all went back to my place uhm, after the fact, and then Casey had to leave. Detective: Why did Casey have to leave? aL: Uh, because she couldn't, her mom was not allowing her to stay over. Well that's what she had told me at least. Detective: Mom had the baby? aL: That's what, that's what I, she, well the way she makes it, made it sound was that the kid, because she says that every time she goes out her mom watches her kid. When she'd go out at night. So .... Detective: So it's bothersome? Was that your... aL: Basically she was, that she was making, saying that she has, that her mom said that she had to be home because Cas ... Caylee obviously is with uh ... Detective: Grandma? AL: ... Grandma. Ricardo Moralez: Detective: Before we got into the calendar book here, uhm, we had talked about a message over Yahoo Messenger, and on-line message that we're not sure exactly when, It might have been in April or May, about uh, tell me about that where she said that her life kind of sucked because she couldn't do anything because of the kid. rM: Uhm, well Casey was just uh, I guess kind of venting on how she could, she didn't feel that she can participate uhm, fully, or uhm, with her friends because she was a mother. Uhm, and I just tried to I guess comfort her and let her know that you know, you do have more responsibilities that everyone else being that you are a mother. But I mean we do get to hang out with her a lot and we see her pretty often. So it's not like it's that bad. Ricardo morales: Detective: Did that, was that just a one time incident, or did it seem to be a common theme? rM: Uhm, it, I can only remember it on one instance that it was actually spoke of it she I mean sometimes she would say, you know, "I can't do that. I got to be with Caylee," here or there, uhm, but never, whenever she actually spoke of it she didn't sound like annoyed or anything. She was just like, "I can't do it because I got to do this with Caylee." Detective asks Lee if he feels Casey feels that caylee is a bit of a burden, fitting Caylee into her social life, Lee says absolutely. ——————————————————————— Factor 3: Casey had no place to live WITH caylee. A. Casey was kicked out of George and Cindy’s & got into a physical fight with Cindy a1.Rick Plesea wrote on a forum 08/19/2008: "Cindy and Casey were fighting the day before Casey left with Caylee. They had visited my mom and dad on father's day at the nursing home. My mom was angry that Cindy didn't do anything about Casey stealing money from their checking accounts. Thank God that the account for my father was hooked to the nursing home and wasn't allowed to be cashed by no one other than the nursing home. My mom got that money reimbursed from the bank. She asked that the bank press charges but somehow Cindy and George got Casey out of it. That is what we think the fighting was about after they got home that evening that the neighbors overheard." a2.(08/11/2008): Mark Furman, Homicide detective on neighbors overhearing arguing often: "But I can tell you this. While I was still on the ground in Orlando, I talked to one of the immediate neighbors that is within earshot of the Anthony house, and he said that Casey Anthony had one hell of a temper. And he heard her swearing at her mother several times, so loud that he could hear it from his house, and that he would never talk to his parents that way. And he said even Father's Day weekend, that was going on. So whether that's true or not, it's something that he's observed and heard on repeated times. We'd never heard that before, and so that's interesting all unto itself." - "In fact, I asked Cindy Anthony and George if there was a fight that they had with Casey that weekend or any time close to the time when she took Caylee and left, and they absolutely said not. And that seems to be, you know, a direct conflict with a neighbor who on that weekend said that there was, you know, an argument." a3. Jesse Grund says Lee Anthony told him that Cindy and Casey had a huge fight on the night of 06/15/2008 (Linked) “Lee, shortly after my second interview with Orange County, confided in me that the reason that he thought -- Cindy confided in him that the reason he thought she felt that Casey ran off was there was a big fight between the two of them and the fight concerned Casey not being home a lot and not bringing Caylee by. It got into a very heated argument which turned physical, and Cindy started choking Casey.” (B) jesse grund did not offer Casey a place to live b1. jG: Yeah (affirmative), we had a long conversation. Uhm, it was not, it was not a normal, if that's a correct choice of words. Here we go. Uhm, yeah (affirmative), I spoke with her. (Continued) Detective: What was the content of that conversation? jG: Uhm, the fact that her mom was no longer moving out anymore. Casey now had to find a place to live. Uhm, uh, she couldn't stay at home. And that her parents were getting a divorce.” (C) Tony did not want caylee living at his apartment c1. Nathaniel Lezniewicz’ interview with Nancy Grace: “So to us, it did not seem like a good idea to have Caylee at our apartment full-time, so we thought she was doing the good motherly thing. You know, she didn`t want to impose herself on the nanny also, so Caylee would stay there in the evenings, and she would stay with us in the evenings.” ——————————————————————— Factor 4: Casey did not want Cayley to begin with * A. When Casey got pregnant she hid the pregnancy. A1. Michelle Murphy: “i remember the tumor story that she- people were kind of confronting her that she was pregnant, congratulating her or whatever, you know, and she was like oh no I’m not sure what it is I’m going to the doctor, the doctors finally going to do an ultrasound they think it might be a tumor.” A2. Rick Plesea email to Cindy: “You can believe her all you want, but I don't buy it for 1 second. Not one second! She lied to you in front of me aboutbeing pregnant. She was seven months! It was so obvious it was ridiculous.” B. Casey did not want to keep the baby. B1. Kio Marie : “ when I found out Casey was pregnant I asked her what are you going to do about it? She was like I really wanna give it up for adoption.” C. Cindy would not let Casey give the baby up for adoption. C1. KIO MARIE: “ I said well if you were going to give it up for adoption, I’m strongly considering adopting the baby from you. She said that’s a good idea but then she called me back saying that her mom pretty much had told her no that she needs to keep the baby and that she’s not giving it up for adoption, even though she really didn’t want to have the baby” It’s worth mentioning, I feel personally Casey hid the pregnancy in the hopes she would - a. Somehow lose the baby (miscarry) - b. Secretly give birth, get rid of baby (neonatacide) - c. Give the baby up for adoption. I feel option B was plausible because Casey tends to avoid issues until she has no choice. Almost as if ignoring the problem means it’s not there. I know with my knowledge in other true crime cases often times young women commit neonatacide they were hiding their pregnancy as well. I’ve linked an article on this. ——————————————————————— Timeline 06/15/2008 Sunday •Cayley and Cindy visit Cindy’s dad in nursing home •12:03PM Caylee pictured with great grandfather Alex Plesea (Photo1) *Cindy comes home and explodes on Casey, possibly choking her. Cindy threatens to take custody of Cayley and tells Casey she needs to move out. 06/16/2008 Monday •01:00-07:00 AM HP desktop no activity •3:08-3:23AM Tony calls Casey @3:08AM for 15 mins •Cindy Anthony left for work at 7 a.m. •7:45AM Casey checks voicemail •7:56AM-8:06AM Casey chats online •9:27AM Casey uploads pictures online •11:47AM-12:07PM- Tony calls Casey •1:00PM-1:14PM- Tony calls Casey •Casey’s phone pings at house •12:50 George Anthony testified Casey left the home at 12:50 (told Lee Cayley and Casey left at 11:45-12:50) -George says he sees them leave with backpacks. Casey says Cayleys going to babysitters and she’s going to work. After work she said she and Cayley would stay at babysitters house •1:39PM activity on Casey's password-protect profile on Hp Desktop including logins to her social media accounts. •1:44PM-2:20PM- Casey calls Amy •2:30PM George leaves for work -George worked approximately 30 minutes from the home, arrives to work @ 3PM •2:51PM- “fool proof suffocation” searched by Casey •2:52PM-3:03PM- Jesse grund calls Casey Jesse says he can hear Cayley in call, call was “not normal” Casey needed a place to live. •3:04 PM George Anthony calls house phone (26sec) -George’s cell pings at his work thirty minutes away. •3:35 Casey calls Tony (22 seconds) •4:00 laptop files were accessed but no online activity -flurry of calls- {4:11PM Casey calls Cindy (2 seconds) -4:11PM Casey calls Cindy (3 seconds) -4:12PM George’s work (98 seconds) -4:13PM Casey calls Tony lazzaro(58 seconds) •4:18pm text to Tony -4:18 Casey leaves Anthony residence •4:19 text from Tony •4:21 Casey calls Jesse grund (75 seconds) •4:21 Casey is driving north (to Tony’s) •4:25 Casey calls Cindy (3seconds) •6:09 PM texts Amy H directions to Tony’s house (didn’t answer Amy H’s texts from last night ) •6:30PM Casey calls Cindy (3 seconds) and house phone (17 seconds) •7:06 Casey calls house phone again (83 seconds) at or near Tony’s house •7:21PM Casey calls Amy •7:58PM Casey goes to blockbuster with Tony. No Cayley. -rented 2 movies,"Untraceable," about a kidnapper and killer. The other was "Jumper," about a mother who abandons her 5-year-old child, who then can teleport himself •11:00PM hp desktop no activity •11:17PM Casey recieves text from Amy •11:17PM Casey’s phone goes quiet for 11.5 hours 06/17/2008 Tuesday -00:00 laptop activity-system files -2:00AM HP desktop no activity -5:00AM-8:00AM HP desktop no activity -09:00AM-12:00PM HP desktop no activity -2:00PM-3:00PM laptop system files -2:15- leaves Tony’s house -texts with Amy H, gives her George and Cindy’s address, asks for a heads up text when she’s on the way. possibly sees her briefly -returns home @2:30PM -Casey’s car is backed into George and Cindy’s garage -2:45 calls Tony -4PM phone pings Lee Vista Boulevard and South Goldenrod -4PM laptop safari activity -5:20PM phone pings near Blanchard Park at state Road 50 and Goldenrod -5:23 and 8:23 no phone activity, back at Tony’s. -7PM-11:00PM laptop other user activity - neighbor says George and Cindy told him their pool side gate was left open & supply box was found by side of pool -3:00PM-11:00PM Hp desktop no activity 06/18/2008 Wednesday -Casey borrows a shovel from neighbor, returns within an hour 1:30-2:30PM. Car is backed into garage. Doesn’t appear muddy or sweaty -After 28 mins no cellphone activity her phone pings at unusual location. (Econ Trail located south of Lake Underhill) 06/19/2008 Thursday -Casey goes with tony to help him look for an apartment 06/20/2008 Friday (photo2) -neighbor sees Casey back into garage (early afternoon) -she works at club fusion -photographed after midnight -Casey tells Amy her car is out of gas 06/21/2008 Saturday -stayed night at Tony’s 06/22/2008 Sunday -Stayed night at tonys 06/23/2008 Monday -woke up at Tony’s, went to parents, car ran out of gas. -Casey’s friends say she “fell off the face of the planet” between June 12& 23rd. Friend says he’s certain she was staying with Tony in this time. -Lazarro found Casey walking south on Chickasaw Trail, from there he drove her to the Anthony home. - Lazarro broke lock on the Anthony's shed with tire iron for Casey to get gas cans. - Lazarro did not smell any strange odor coming from Casey's car while standing outside the vehicle. -neighbor claims to have seen a pickup truck, hears Casey’s voice, and makes voice at Anthony residence. -Casey claims nanny car accident happened this day. Tells Cindy she’s in Tampa Florida. 06/24/2008 Tuesday -10:20AM George reports gas cans as stolen -2:25~3:30PM Casey shows up at parents house, George sees her and talks to her. He says the conversation went like this “she says, Oh, by the way, it's a shame what happened in the shed. And I said... Really? She says, yes. I said, Interesting” George says he told Casey “i need to get something out of your trunk” and “she didn't want me to get into the car to get the stuff out. Dad, I'll get it for you. Dad, I'll get it out. I said, It's no problem. I know where it's at. I'll get it, get it out and be done with it. So as we're walking out through the garage, she's still telling me, Dad, I'll get it. Give me a minute, I'll get it. I said, Casey, I'm capable of reaching inside your car, and I got it. So and she opened up the trunk of the car... The gas cans there. She's the one that took the gas cans.” George and Casey fight over gas cans & Casey storms out “here’s your f**king gas cans!” Opens trunk herself quickly and throws them out. On trial George said there was no smell of decomp, only gas. and no duct tape on gas cans. He said he couldn’t see into trunk. He has at the back, rear, passenger side when she opened trunk, threw gas cans out. -Jesse and Casey call, Jesse swears he hears Cayley “gibberish” on the phone. Casey telling her to stop. Saying Cayley stop. Get off the table. He says whenever Casey’s on the phone Cayley wants attention and wants to talk on the phone. -Jesse later reported he couldn't say with full certainty that he heard Caylee's voice. 06/25/2008 Wednesday -phone pings near George and Cindy’s home & crime scene, George SEES her at the house. He’s still shitty ab the gas cans. -told Amy in phone call her car “smelled like something died in her car” aH: “She had told me that there was this horrible smell in her car and she couldn't figure out what it was. And then like as the days progressed, it may have been more that two days. But I know it was at least more that one day that she talked to me. So it had to have been at least two days that she told me about this smell in her car. And she uhm, you know like the next day it was just so much worse. She was like I think maybe my dad ran something over with my car when he borrowed it and it, it smells like something died in my car. And uhm, but she had mentioned the engine as being the source of the smell” 06/26/2008 Thursday -stays night at Tony’s 06/27/2008 Friday -11:49AM Casey’s car is out of gas again second time in 2 weeks. Both on a Friday -car is abandoned at amscott this day -Tony picks up Casey at amscot she’s waiting outside the car, she says she’ll worry about it later -1:41 AM texts to Amy h: “i need a freaking vacation” -1:34 AM “there was definitely part of a dead animal plastered to the frame of my car” (Casey had mentioned bad smell) -Casey calls Jesse inviting him to fusion that night -Casey calls Ricardo asking about plans for June 28th, Ricardo mentions to detectives he hasn’t heard from casey much, estimates 2x since the 14th. 06/28/2008 Saturday -amscott employee notices white Pontiac still there, calls cops, gives liscense plate to see if it was stolen, it was not listed as stolen. Amscott said to call if it’s still there tomorrow. -Casey calls Jesse 1:25PM asking to borrow gas cans, he had none -Casey stays night at Tony’s 06/29/2008 Sunday -Casey stays the night at Tony’s. Chillen before his vacation Monday 06/30/2008 Monday -Casey takes Tony to airport for his trip to NY -Casey now is borrowing Tony’s jeep -07:00 amscott employee calls towing company ab abandoned car -car is towed at 09:06AM, tower says didn’t notice anything about car other than child’s car seat in backseat. -09:45AM casey shows up on Amy and Ricardo’s doorstep, hadn’t seen Casey in person since June 10th~30th, because Casey blew her off ab their vacation plans, they did text in this time though. -asked Amy if she had gas cans, again -they go to target and get gas cans -CCTV sees Casey shopping at different stores, -hangs out w Amy until Amy goes to work at 5PM -spends the night at Amy and Ricardo’s -Ricardo recounts: She'd also talk about the that she was so upset that she barely been able to see Caylee lately. But it's just, you know, it's better for her. She's you know, just playing and having fun. They're going everywhere. They'd gone to you know, Busch Gardens for a while. And she was like, "You know, they're just, you know, she's having fun. So at least she's in a good place and not involved in all of this other stuff 07/01/2008 Tuesday -wake up at Ricardo and Amy’s -10:15 am calls Jesse asks to use his shower "Please, I need a favor." And I, I uhm, asked her what the favor was. She said, "Well I need to take a shower before I go to work. I was staying at Tony's but I don't have the key to get back into his place and uhm, I can't go to my parents' place to take a shower." I expecting to see Caylee with her when she came by. I said, "Okay, fine. You can come over and take a shower." Uhm, she arrives at 10:39. Calls me when she gets to the door. I come open the door for her. She doesn't look like someone who needs to take a shower. She looks normal, cleaned up. She's got a bag with her, it looked like it has clothes in it, and went in to take a shower. Left the door half open, went in and took a shower in my bedroom. I stayed in the living room, playing a video game, watching television. Uh, and then she came out and sat around until about twelve o'clock, uhm, watching television with me - Cctv buying more clothes -Car tower notices smell of decomp -1:09Am: text to Amy H: “sorry. was talking to my crazy mother.” -Casey stays night at Amy and Ricardo’s -goes to a bar with a bunch of dudes from hs (one of which is Brandon snow) -Casey claims she works until 5 this night, assuming at fusion 07/02/2008 Wednesday -wakes up at Amy’s and Ricardo’s -Casey steals Amy’s money and makes up a lie that Amy did it herself in her sleep -gets beautiful life tattoo -Casey stays night at Ricardo and Amy’s 07/03/2008 Thursday -wakes up Amy and Ricardo’s -Lee finds out Casey’s at a bar (social media) calls Casey and says he’s coming to get her, Casey gets visibly upset and her and her friends leave. -Cindy goes to universal to find Cayley since Casey said she’d be there w babysitter. -Cindy posts “ She came into my life unexspectedly, just as she has left me. This precious little angel from above gave me strength and unconditional love. Now she is gone and I don’t know why. All I am guilty of is loving her and providing her a safe home. Jealousy has taken her away. Jealousy from the one person that should be thankfull for all of the love and support given to her. A mother’s love is deep, however there are limits when one is betrayed by the one she loved and trusted the most. A daughter comes to her mother for support when she is pregnant, the mother says without hesitation it will be ok. And it was. But then the lies and betrayal began. First it seemed harmless, ah, love is blind. A mother will look for the good in her child and give them a chance to change. This mother gave chance after chance for her daughter to change, but instead more lies more betrayal. What does the mother get for giving her daughter all of these chances? A broken heart. The daughter who stole money, lots of money, leaves without warning and does not let her mother now speak to the baby that her mother raised, fed, clothed, sheltered, paid her medical bills, etc. Instead tells her friends that her mother is controlling her life and she needs her space. No money, no future. Where did she go? Who is now watching out for the little angel?” 07/04/2008 FRIDAY Casey texts Jesse: There's something going on with my family right now. If my, if my mom tries to call you don't say anything. Stay out of it. I'll take care of it -Jesse Grund: “left a voice mail uh, which specifically said, "Something going on. If my family tries to call you don't say anything to them. Uhm, you have anything to say but don't say anything to them.Uhm, I'll tell you about it later," and then left a voicemail and that was it. -stays the night at Amy and Ricardo’s - Casey spends the 4th partying at wills house texts Jesse grund “ I don’t wanna talk about it maybe later once I’m drunk I will” 07/05/2008 SATURDAY -casey hangs out w Will Walter’s until it’s time to get Tony (09:30 she shows up at his house) they go to Zaxbys and IKEA. -Casey washes Tony’s jeep at car wash by airport because the outside is “dirty” -Casey is giddy,happy, excited to pick Tony up from airport. Casey calls and talks to Walter’s up until she meets Tony at airport -12:00 PM casey picks up Tony from airport and washes his jeep -Casey and Tony go to BDUBS to watch a UFC fight and Tony meets some of Casey’s friends -After July 5th Casey lives in Tony’s house basically. -Casey would wake Tony up at night sweating due to nightmares about their relationship 07/06/2008 SUNDAY -6:50PM Casey’s MySpace post: (Casey Anthony's MySpace 07/07/08 6:50pm) Casey Anthony's Diary of Days posting: "On the worst of worst days, remember the words spoken, Trust no one, only yourself. With great power, comes great consequence. What is given, can be taken away. Everyone Lies. Everyone Dies. Life will never be easy. On the worst of worst days, remember the words spoken, Hold your head high. Smile. Laugh. Love Unconditionally. Tomorrow is a brand new 07/13/2008 SUNDAY Cindy found the post office notice for the registered letter from Johnson's Towing on her front door 07/15/2008 TUESDAY -Casey goes to blockbuster, Winn Dixie, bank -2:30PMCasey picked up Amy from airport -George and Cindy pick up car from impound -Cindy called police twice to recover car, and report stolen money -Cindy texts Casey “major problem” and “call me” -George goes to work -Cindy removes grey pants from car and washes them in laundry to remove smell -Cayleys favorite doll is in the car with a smell of decomp on it, Cindy admits to cleaning the doll with Lysol wipes to try to remove the smell -Casey tells cindy she’s not in town, with friends -Cindy finds Amy’s contact info in the car, calls Amy, asks Amy to bring her to where Casey is -Cindy and Amy go to Casey’s location (Tony’s house) -Casey leaves with Cindy and Amy -Cindy says “you better be rich because she’s gonna take you for all you got” to Tony and Nate -Cindy takes Amy home -Lee comes back later that night to get Casey’s belongs at Tony’s, says Casey is bad news and a “pro” at cashing forged checks -Casey admitted cayley was missing for 31 days 911 call: -Cindy calls 911 over a stolen vehicle, and missing grandchild, claims “smells like there’s been a dead body in the damn car” -police show up -Casey tells police that on June 9th she took Cayley to babysitters. Casey says Cayley was wearing a pink shirt and jeans shorts, white sneakers, ponytail. Casey says after dropping Cayley off she went to work at universal (didn’t work at universal for 2 years at this point) upon coming to retrieve Cayley Casey says the babysitter and Cayley were nowhere to be found. Casey claims she spent the next four weeks at her boyfriends, worried and pacing. Casey claims she stole money from friends and family to find Cayley. Casey claims she didn’t want police involved in the fear something would happen to Cayley if she called.Casey claims she last spoke to nanny since June 12th. Casey claims she heard from nanny over a phone call on July 15th where Cayley can be heard. -11:38PM (From Facebook - Posted To ????): Amy Huizenga (Orlando, FL) wrote To ???? wrote at 11:38pm on July 15th, 2008 "A person who I thought was my friend stole money one night while I was sleeping and made up a story about how I got up in my sleep and put money away for the trip I was going on (I got back today, it was a great trip!). I bought that, she's my friend, but after today I know it was her. I let her use my car while I was gone and my check book was in there. Account cleared out. Hopefully I'll be able to get that back... but yeah... overall... about a grand. Which isn't even the worst (for me it is...) apparently her kid has been missing for a month. She claims the nanny stole her and was too afraid to tell her mom. So, as bad as all this is, there is a little girl out there (hopefully) that I'm way worried about. Anyway, how are you?" 07/16/2008 Wednesday -Casey agrees to take police to last place she saw Cayley (baby sitters house) -Casey is dropped back off at parents house 6:45PM. -officer finds nobody lives in the residence Casey showed him claiming the baby sitter lived here. -officer asks Casey to come to her alleged place of work (Universal.) casey agrees, leads them inside a building before admitting she doesn’t work there. -an interview takes place in universal where Casey admits to lying about babysitters address and working at universal but claims she did last see Cayley with babysitter. -Casey arrested for child neglect and lying to police. 07/17/2008 Thursday -car is searched for evidence 08/29/2008 Friday -August 29 Casey is arrested for forging checks (stole 650$ from friend Amy) 12/11/2008 Thursday -skeletal remains found by meter reader who called police for the 3rd time about the body. -the Remains found less than a mile from family home. -body was found concealed in 2 black trash bags, a canvas bag, Prosecution testified that duct tape was placed over bodies nose and mouth. duct tape had on it a heart-shaped sticker. A sheet of heart-shaped stickers (with many missing) was removed from Casey's bedroom -The root growth and leaves around the skull and remains showed Caylee (body) had been dumped six months before remains were discovered. -The Anthony family home is searched. Casey's laptop is confiscated. Her laptop showed recent searches of "chloroform" and "self-defense." When testifying, Cindy claimed she made the searches, but time-stamps showed she was at work and the likelihood of that is low. Other searches included "neck-breaking," "death," "ruptured spleen," chest trauma," "inhalation," and directions on how to make weapons from household products. submitted by /u/Valuable-Deer452 to r/CaseyAnthony [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
Valuable-Deer452 |
Oct 19, 2025 |
|
September 2025 - Key Astrological Events (Retrogrades, Eclipses, Ingresses) and Insights
We start September with no personal planets in retrograde and Mercury making its last hurrah in the sign of Leo. Expect some bold, emotional statements from people in your life and, more prominently, from those in leadership positions. Since July 25, Venus has also been in Leo, adding a layer of showiness to the mix. With both Mercury and Venus in this fiery sign, early September news may feel bombastic, self-congratulatory, or simply louder than usual. September brings major energy shifts. Saturn retrogrades back into Pisces, where it will remain until February 14, 2026. If your natal Saturn is in the last 10 degrees of Pisces, you may find yourself re-entering your Saturn return. This is a period for deep reflection, examining where you need to take responsibility and aligning your choices with what your heart truly desires rather than what you think others expect of you. Even if your natal Saturn is in earlier degrees of Pisces, this retrograde acts as a check-in to tie up loose ends before moving into your next life phase. Eclipses will dominate conversations this month. Although eclipses can act like supercharged full or new moons, they often bring shifts in power and leadership. Looking back at last year’s presidential race, Harris appeared to have momentum. But even though her approach may have differed from Biden’s, there was not enough to position her as a true change in power. Her record, including moments as California’s Attorney General that leaned progressive, was not enough to create clear distance from the previous administration. Two eclipses framed that election season. The Pisces lunar eclipse occurred on September 19 and the Libra solar eclipse on October 2, 2025. Robert Kennedy Jr. dropped out of the race on August 23, just a day after Harris secured the Democratic ticket. Elon Musk had already voiced support for Trump in June, but it was October 5, just days after the Libra eclipse, that Musk and Trump appeared together at a Pennsylvania rally. It is hard to reconcile how someone with immense wealth, joined by the world’s richest man at the time, could be positioned as the face of change for the general populace. While I do not have a definitive answer, I do have a theory, and it ties back to Pluto. Before we get there, though, let’s pause and look at the other significant shifts September brings. September 2025 Key Changes Saturn retrogrades back into the zodiac sign of Pisces on September 1st at approximately 3:06 AM CDT (08:06 UTC) Pluto begins its out of bounds south phase in the zodiac sign of Aquarius on September 1st Mercury ingresses into the zodiac sign of Virgo on September 2nd at approximately 8:23 AM CDT (13:23 UTC) Uranus stations retrograde in the zodiac sign of Gemini on September 5th at approximately 11:51 PM CDT (04:51 UTC September 6) Total Lunar Eclipse (Full Moon) in the zodiac sign of Pisces on September 7th at approximately 1:08 PM CDT (18:08 UTC) Mercury cazimi in the zodiac sign of Virgo on September 13th at approximately 5:51 AM CDT (10:51 UTC) Mercury ingresses into the zodiac sign of Libra on September 18th at approximately 5:05 AM CDT (10:05 UTC) Venus ingresses into the zodiac sign of Virgo on September 19th at approximately 7:39 AM CDT (12:39 UTC) Partial Solar Eclipse (New Moon) in the zodiac sign of Virgo on September 21st at approximately 2:54 PM CDT (19:54 UTC) Mars ingresses into the zodiac sign of Scorpio on September 22nd at approximately 2:54 AM CDT (07:54 UTC) Sun ingresses into the zodiac sign of Libra on September 22nd at approximately 1:20 PM CDT (18:20 UTC) Pluto Out of Bounds Though declinations have been noted since Ptolemy, it was not until the 1970s that astrologers began interpreting planets out of bounds in chart readings. Astrologer K.T. Boehrer introduced the idea that when a planet moves beyond 23 degrees 26 minutes north or south of the celestial equator, it carries astrological significance. Boehrer focused primarily on evolutionary astrology and the interpretation of personal natal charts. More recently, astrologer Rosie Finn has applied the concept to mundane astrology, observing that Pluto out of bounds to the south often coincides with revolutionary expression and shifts of power to the people. With Pluto beginning its out of bounds south phase in September, we may see these revolutionary patterns echoed once again on the collective stage, similar to the American, French, and Haitian Revolutions of the 18th century. Why do I think this is a possibility? Several months ago, someone posted on Reddit about Pluto being out of bounds. I had planned to circle back to that post and research further, but it fell through the cracks. Then, another astrologer brought it up a few weeks ago, which sent me diving into the topic. Though I am not finished with my research, what I have uncovered so far aligns with history and supports what Rosie Finn has shared in her article on astro.com and in her guest appearances on YouTube. One reason the idea of Pluto out of bounds in mundane astrology intrigues me is that we have not yet seen revolutions on the scale we witnessed in earlier centuries. I have noticed Reddit users asking when Pluto in Aquarius will “begin,” as if Pluto operates with an on-off switch. In a way, it may. This time, however, the energy feels delayed. During the era of the American Revolution, Pluto was already out of bounds in Capricorn before the Declaration of Independence. As Pluto moved into Aquarius untethered, we saw it act independently, fueling upheaval and sweeping change. Unlike previous times when Pluto was in Aquarius with a continuous out of bounds phase, this time Pluto will alternate. It will spend about five months out of bounds and seven months in bounds each year over the course of a decade. How this plays out is unpredictable. Personally, I think it may be a time that oscillates between rebellion followed by reform. The larger question is who are the people that will be the reformers? This part is still conceptual and has not been fully tested, so I am not claiming that my theory is proven. Rosie Finn has pointed out that when Pluto was near the celestial equator, at or close to 0 degrees of declination, we saw reformers emerge, such as Mikhail Gorbachev in the late 1980s. During that same period, Czechoslovakia experienced a peaceful transfer of power during the Velvet Revolution. While true change requires collective effort, I can imagine that some of the organizers in the coming years may be individuals with Pluto in Scorpio, born in the late 1980s, whose natal Pluto sits close to that 0-degree declination. Astrologically, these are people with the ability to dive deep, to assess what has worked and what has failed in the past. Rather than putting temporary fixes on broken systems, they could be the ones to create structures that blend proven methods with progressive ideals. In the next five months, remember the words of Gil Scott-Heron: “The revolution will not be televised.” Videos of key events are being suppressed or throttled on social media, and even benign hashtags are being used to hide or redirect content. During World War II, when Pluto was in Leo, it moved in and out of bounds just as it will now. What happened then? We entered the era of superpowers and eventually established an industrialized military complex. Understanding what was built then can help us recognize what needs to be dismantled or restructured now, and how those entrenched systems have worked against humanity. Looking at the past makes it clear what needs to change. Many of these issues have been called out for decades. I will not prescribe tactics, but history shows that during this Pluto cycle, progress has come through protests and collective action. The Berlin Wall came down when Pluto’s declination was at -1° 53' 55", roughly a year after Pluto crossed the 0-degree mark. There is much to learn in this midpoint between the accumulation of power and the shift we are about to experience. Though Pluto’s declination has not been a major focus in astrology, its unique out of bounds phase is worth noting. Still, because this concept is relatively new, let’s turn to the rest of September’s astrology and examine it through a more widely accepted lens. Saturn and Uranus Retrograde into Previous Zodiac Signs Saturn is called a malefic planet because it restricts and can bring heavy themes to the table. While in Aries, we’ve had a glimpse of what the next few years may hold: a struggle between responsibility and authority versus independence and action. But as Saturn moves back into Pisces, it becomes a time to shore up the lessons we may have missed earlier. Pisces is the sign of imagination. It can see what exists in another realm and carries both hope and compassion. Unfortunately, it can also be self-sacrificing and vulnerable to illusion. With Saturn in Pisces, that duality can surface. We may find ourselves taking responsibility for situations that were never truly ours to own. Or, on the flip side, believing that our actions were right and necessary, only to later realize they were shaped by illusion or misinformation. Let that sink in. Over the next five months, many of us will find ourselves evaluating choices made between March 2023 and May 2025. Maybe you conceded your stance too quickly. Maybe you trusted someone whose motives were not as pure as they appeared. Or maybe you followed someone else’s rhetoric instead of trusting your inner voice In September, Saturn will remain in conjunction with Neptune and will be sextile to Pluto in Aquarius and Uranus in Gemini and then Taurus. In retrograde, we may be wrestling with the lies we’ve told or believed. There is an energy pushing us to our limits. We are grappling with our current situation, trying to blend the old with the new, to decide what to discard and what to keep. During this month, expect secrets to surface, and for some of us, a realization of how impressionable we’ve been, not just in the present, but in the way we’ve idealized parts of the past. Which brings us to Uranus retrograde in Gemini. For now, Uranus will continue to electrify themes of information, communication, and the way we connect with one another. We may have to find alternative sources for news and information, because we may have to speak in code in order for information not to be suppressed. Or, we could break free in some form from the current restrictions. For instance, you may have to go to news sources that are headquartered outside of your home country to know what is happening in your place of citizenship. Now that we’ve had a glimpse of where we are headed, Saturn and Uranus retrograde give us the perspective we need. They invite us to think about our role in humanity and to ask the harder questions: How did we get here? And more importantly, what lesson are we meant to be learning? Mercury in Virgo – It Is All About the Data As Mercury leaves Leo and ingresses into Virgo on September 2, the focus shifts to data. When Mercury is in Leo, language often carries bravado, exaggerating for effect, grandstanding for attention, or letting pride seep into every message, even when the intent is generous or benevolent. With Mercury in Virgo, the fact checkers come out to play. Virgo Mercury energy can be nit-picky at times, but its true purpose is to ensure that information is vetted and accurate. Depending on where you live, this could also be a reminder to dig deeper, researching and verifying sources before accepting what you are told. On a personal level, this is an excellent time to organize and categorize, whether that is your finances, your closets and cabinets, or even your digital files. If you are planning a big project, put the details into a spreadsheet. When Mercury is in Virgo, it is also a great time to evaluate your daily routines, taking an honest look at where you are wasting time or energy and which tasks are giving you the greatest return for your efforts. Through the 18th of the month, you may find yourself making lists or weighing pros and cons. For example, if you are deciding between joining a traditional gym or purchasing an unlimited pass at a yoga studio, you might jot down how each option fits your schedule, what perks each offers, and which aligns best with your long-term goals. It could come down to which one has a sauna or offers a meditation class. Mercury rules two signs, Gemini and Virgo. Gemini asks questions, gathers information, and spreads it widely but without deep analysis. Virgo, on the other hand, applies discernment. It evaluates, sorts, and filters to separate what is valid from what is false. With Saturn retrograde in Pisces during this time, some of the information you believed to be factual may be challenged while Mercury moves through Virgo. Though Mercury will make various aspects throughout the month, one that stands out is the cazimi on September 13. Though the conjunction is exact at 20 degrees and 56 seconds, you will feel its influence starting on the 12th and continuing through the day of the 13th. Communication will pick up speed, even with the Virgo influence. During Mercury cazimis, we often experience media overload, with many “breaking news” stories flooding our feeds. This cazimi carries a couple of notable aspects. The first is a sextile to Jupiter, which suggests that themes related to beliefs, law, travel, or foreign affairs may dominate your news feed. Conversations around injustice or rulings could rise to the surface, and there may also be a heightened focus on a woman politician during this time. The second is the opposition to the North Node in Pisces. With both Jupiter and the North Node activated, there may be glimpses of hope within the chaos, especially in relation to the constant flood of information. Even if you feel drained, there could be a sense that a collective path is beginning to form, one guided by compassion and empathy. The Eclipses in the Virgo–Pisces Polarity The Virgo–Pisces polarity is about how we are of service to each other, to the world, and to the greater good. It speaks to our everyday lives, the work we do, and how we can create a peaceful existence. At its core, this polarity is about how we operate daily within our systems, balancing our physical and mental health. We are now at the midpoint of the Virgo–Pisces eclipse cycle. Here are the dates for this series: September 18, 2024 – Partial Lunar Eclipse in Pisces March 14, 2025 – Total Lunar Eclipse in Virgo September 7, 2025 – Total Lunar Eclipse in Pisces September 21, 2025 – Partial Solar Eclipse in Virgo August 28, 2026 – Partial Lunar Eclipse in Pisces February 20, 2027 – Penumbral Lunar Eclipse in Virgo So why does life feel so chaotic if this polarity is tied to systems of health and well-being? It is because eclipses bring beginnings and endings. They push change and spotlight what is no longer working. Inflation, the rising cost of healthy foods, political pressures, and even a sense of dread are all bubbling to the surface now. Notice the pattern in the list above: five of the six eclipses in this series are lunar eclipses, which occur during full moons. Full moons are about culmination and completion. The two eclipses this month mark the midpoint of this cycle, a turning point. This could be when we recognize that certain habits or systems can no longer be ignored. Maybe it is our diet, time spent sedentary in front of screens, or the ways we allow stress and broken systems to dictate our lives. Even a simple trip to the grocery store shows the cracks in the system, where something as basic as bakery bread now comes with a list of additives beyond flour, yeast, salt, and water. As the U.S. government removes regulations, it can feel like we are doomed. I would argue the opposite. It may take years, but this cycle could usher in a shift away from corporate, factory farming and back toward local, sustainable options. My stepfather used to roll his eyes when my sister or I used the word “organic.” I would remind him that his father’s backyard victory garden that was present during his childhood, with its fresh tomatoes and vegetables, was as organic as it gets. The impacts of eclipses are rarely immediate. Their energy unfolds over months, often up to two years after the event. What we are already seeing is a shift in habits: buying less, prioritizing what truly serves us, and finding ways to integrate more balance into daily life. By the end of this cycle, mind, body, and soul may feel more important than the latest food trend. Home gardens and hydroponic systems could become more common. Grow bags filled with new potatoes might line the patios of apartment balconies. Outdoor group activities, like yoga in the park or a game of basketball, may become staples, offering productive, mindful, and low-cost ways to reconnect with our bodies and each other. Eclipses tend to hit governments and leaders the hardest, and questions around their mental and physical health often surface. Naturally, that raises the question many of you are already thinking: what about Trump? These two September eclipses will affect him. The lunar eclipse on the 7th, a full moon, creates a grand cross to his natal Uranus in Gemini and his Sagittarius Moon. This can bring disruption to his routine. Restrictions could be placed on him, or he may try to impose restrictions on others. Irritability and emotional volatility are likely, with a higher risk of lashing out at those around him. You could argue that sounds like a typical day for him, but this energy is amplified. The solar eclipse on the 21st, which coincides with a new moon, carries a softer energy for him. He may be in better spirits, perhaps enjoying time in his home, but he may also lean into self-indulgence or rely on others to manage responsibilities, or the care of his health. Keep in mind, I am only reading the eclipse energy here, not the full picture of his chart. We are all aware of his declining health, but I will not make predictions about that or speculate about when he may exit the physical plane. Still, it is worth noting his own words: “I'm hearing I'm not doing well. I am really at the bottom of the totem pole. But if I can get to heaven, this will be one of the reasons,” referencing his attempted role in ending the war between Russia and Ukraine. What I will say is that the squares from Saturn in Pisces, combined with the eclipses’ tension to his natal Sun, Moon, and Uranus, signal a period that will be far from easy. Mercury and Venus – The Mutual Reception On September 18, Mercury moves from Virgo, its domicile, into the sign of Libra. Venus follows on the 19th, leaving Leo and entering Virgo, the sign of its fall. Venus is ruled by Taurus and Libra, and Mercury is ruled by Gemini and Virgo. What we have with these two planets is a mutual reception. A mutual reception happens when two planets support each other through their dignities. They share energy, almost like a marriage, where each partner leans on the other. Because Venus is in a debilitated state, this isn’t the strongest reception, but there is still support and collaboration between the two. At the start of the reception, they sit about 30 degrees apart, creating a slight strain. I think of it like this: Mercury is charming, using kind words and smooth moves, while Venus is at the bar, a little tipsy. Mercury, feeling like Casanova, might make a flirty advance. Venus, intrigued by Mercury tapping into its most comfortable energy, could be swayed by Mercury’s love-bombing. But just before anything happens, Venus snaps into common sense, sizes up the situation, and, instead of going along with Mercury’s advances, decides to just be friends. So what does this mean for our everyday lives? We may feel more optimistic and more easily swayed by good news at first. But after that initial lift, we have the ability to step back, review the facts, and make grounded decisions. This energy flows into the new moon, helping us release the past and imagine a future, even amid chaos. The Libra influence encourages cooperation and balanced solutions, guided by the information Mercury gathered earlier in the month. In short, we may roll up our sleeves feeling inspired rather than obligated. Mars in Scorpio – Strategic Gains Like Mercury and Venus, Mars is also ruled by two signs, Aries and Scorpio. You may have heard that modern astrology assigns Scorpio to Pluto, and that is true. Though I consider myself a modern astrologer, I acknowledge both rulerships. Why? Because Mars in Scorpio is strategic. It is patient and diligent with its actions, creating the environment for transformation. Mars enters Scorpio on the 22nd, offering the opportunity to take action that transforms both ourselves and our environment. During this time, you may find renewed courage or a deeper resolve to pursue your goals. Mars in Scorpio brings persistence, so if there is something you are striving for, this transit can help you push to the finish line, provided it is not making hard aspects to your natal chart. Mars energy, however, can also exacerbate health issues if it is not released. Holding onto anger and stress allows that energy to fester. Moving your body with intention, whether through exercise, walking, or mindful stretching, can help dissipate tension. Mars in Scorpio reminds us that health is more than just what we eat; it also depends on how we move and process our emotions. When Mars enters Scorpio, it will square Pluto. Mars and Pluto in a square often trigger power struggles and conflicts, fueled by ego or tests of will. During this period, avoid volatile situations and people if you can. Take deep, slow breaths before driving, and keep your emotions grounded. The upside of this energy is that once we learn to master the intensity of a Mars–Pluto square, we discover inner strength we did not realize we had, and that builds lasting confidence. Sun in Libra – Peaceful Vitality On September 22, we have our second ingress. Not only does Mars change signs, but so does the Sun. When the Sun is in Libra, it is in its fall. The Sun represents our ego and our source of vitality, while Libra seeks balance and harmony. This combination could be exactly what we need after the intensity of the eclipses and the shift of Mars into Scorpio. With the Sun in Libra, we are encouraged to cooperate with others. It becomes less about dominating the conversation and more about exchanging ideas. This energy can be especially helpful in movements or group efforts, where the collective voice matters more than the individual. Libra season can also bring a stronger call for fairness and balance of power. There may be heightened outrage when someone undeserving is pardoned or when others are arrested under questionable or minor charges. With many protests already scheduled in the United States and abroad, we may see Libra energy in action as crowds work together to make their voices heard. On a personal level, the Sun in Libra often inspires us to refresh our surroundings or change our appearance as we transition from summer to autumn. Relationships and partnerships may also take center stage, with a focus on building harmony and shifting from “me” to “we.” We tend to work more in sync with one another, and may show our appreciation with a Pumpkin Spice Latte or a simple stroll to watch the leaves change colors. September in a Nutshell Allow yourself to care for your health and find releases for pent-up energy that help rather than hinder. Be present with others and with your own life. This is not a time for fear, but a time to allow yourself to grow. We start the month with abundant mutable energy, helping us shift our focus and analyze the current situation. By the end of the month, we transition into cardinal energy, supporting fresh starts, action, and forward momentum. Flow with the month by analyzing, planning, and being introspective. Take action on your health and well-being. During the new and full moons, assess your progress. Exercise and avoid holding in anger or resentment. Instead, find healthy ways to release that energy, such as taking a jog, practicing breathwork, or writing out your thoughts and feelings. Once Libra season arrives, the combined energy of the Sun and Mars can help you take confident action, knowing you have done your due diligence as summer closes and autumn begins. Though we have big events, such as Pluto moving out of bounds and two eclipses, these are nudges for us to change. Society is a reflection of all of us, and few are truly happy with the state of the world. Astrologically, we are being given important shifts and a chance to look back and understand where we have been. September is a month of flux, a transition much like the change of seasons. You are simultaneously winding down and revving up. Where you go next is completely up to you. submitted by /u/GrandTrineAstrology to r/astrology [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
GrandTrineAstrology |
Aug 27, 2025 |
|
The Flamingo Rebellion: An HOA Horror story
I moved into Whispering Cedars because of the peaceful name. That should’ve been the first red flag. Nothing named Whispering is ever peaceful. By week two, I had received my first Notice of Noncompliance, apparently, my mailbox post was painted “eggshell” instead of “antique bone.” I tried to explain that they looked the same in daylight. The committee sent me a paint swatch with a magnifying glass and a passive-aggressive Bible verse about obedience. Then came the flamingos. It started with one, my daughter stuck a pink plastic flamingo in our front lawn for her seventh birthday. It made her laugh. That same night, I found a printed photo in my mailbox of our house circled in red ink, with the words “IMMEDIATE REMOVAL REQUIRED – Article IV, Section 6: No Ornamental Birds” scrawled on the back in Sharpie. I ignored it. That was my second mistake. Within 48 hours, the flamingo disappeared. In its place was a single white golf ball with a note taped to it. "One ball per bird. Keep going and you'll see what a flock feels like." We had no idea what it meant. By the end of the week, the HOA president, Mrs. Calloway, knocked on my door at exactly 6:03 p.m., wearing a visor and holding a clipboard like it was a weapon. She smiled like a crocodile who just joined a book club. “We pride ourselves on uniformity here,” she said. “Your… lawn sculpture disrupted the aesthetic symmetry of the cul-de-sac.” I pointed to my neighbor’s twelve garden gnomes. “Oh, those are grandfathered,” she said, without blinking. I was fined $75 and received a mandatory referral to the Aesthetic Reeducation Committee. They meet in the community clubhouse every other Tuesday under fluorescent lighting and serve unseasoned hummus. That’s when I snapped. I went to the dollar store and bought forty flamingos. Planted them at 3 a.m. like pink plastic sentinels. At sunrise, the neighborhood looked like a tropical war zone. The next morning, an emergency HOA meeting was called. The president demanded my presence. I arrived wearing a Hawaiian shirt, sipping from a coconut. They called it “an act of ornamental aggression.” I called it “art.” I was fined $2,400. I appealed. The appeal process involved a mock trial presided over by a man named Greg who introduced himself as the “Design Dictator.” I lost the case before I even sat down. FINAL ACT: The Flamingo Rebellion They thought they had broken me. But while I was fined and my flamingos outlawed, I was busy studying the bylaws. Not just the ones they showed new residents. All of them. The 1993 addendums. The archived meeting notes buried in the HOA’s online portal under a dead link called “holiday lights.” Turns out, the Whispering Cedars HOA charter had a fatal flaw: If 75% of residents vote to dissolve the HOA, it dies. No one had tried. No one thought it was possible. The HOA had ruled for so long people just accepted it, like humidity or leaf blowers. So I started knocking. At first, they were skeptical. But when I showed them the fines I’d paid, the flamingo they took from my daughter, and a photo of Mrs. Calloway’s pool which violated no fewer than six of her own regulations, people started listening. By week two, the tide was turning. We became the Silent 75%. We met in backyards. We whispered in dog parks. We formed a secret group chat called “Operation Pink Dawn.” The night before the vote, I planted one flamingo in each yard. A symbol. A warning. A promise. At the final meeting, Mrs. Calloway stood at her podium like a Roman senator in a cardigan. She began her usual speech about “community cohesion” and “the sanctity of beige.” That’s when Greg! Design Dictator Greg! stood up and said, “Enough.” He walked to the front and placed his clipboard on the ground. Then one by one, everyone else followed. Retirees. Parents. Teenagers who’d been fined for skateboarding near the fountain. Even Mildred, who hadn’t spoken since 2006, whispered, “Down with tyranny.” The vote was counted. 93% to dissolve. Mrs. Calloway choked on her sugar-free Werther’s. The bylaws activated like a magical curse breaking. Her power crumbled. Her clipboard turned to dust. (Okay, that last part was metaphorical. But I swear the street got sunnier.) The next morning, we celebrated. The flamingos were back, but this time in every yard. One wore sunglasses. One had a monocle. The gnomes and the birds finally coexisted in peace. We renamed the neighborhood: “Flamingo Hollow.” No board. No fines. Just neighbors. And me? I kept one flamingo on my lawn, always facing the old HOA office. As a reminder. And a warning. submitted by /u/Cerimeadar to r/fuckHOA [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
Cerimeadar |
Jun 4, 2025 |
|
Breaking Down Bates
1.The Stew Crew lives in a bubble where only magical things occur and this week they floated to Hawaii for 2 straight weeks of content gathering. Hawaii is no surprise as a destination because we know that Trace, Zach, Gil, KJ and the littles have already been in the past year… and her best frenemy Josie announced a big Hawaii trip coming in May. That was all Carlin needed to hear to book the tickets. The next time they make hats with catchphrases I better see one that says “ME TOO ME TOO”. Anyway, our first glimpse is the Stewarts getting off of the plane and hitting the beach and Layla is anything but happy. Carlin holds her and tosses her around to try and illicit a smile, but the little diva ain’t having it. This reel has a ton of negative comments… more than Carlin usually gets. Folks say things about the amount of money they spend (someone says they spend money like “a drunken sailor”), how they never actually show up and work at their small business, and the blatant exploitation of their kids. Carlin doesn’t have to respond bc there are hundreds of fans willing to take up for them. We learn that Evan’s entire family is coming to join this trip to celebrate his parent’s 50th wedding anniversary. They came a week early so they can exploit without any nagging from his family. Carlin is linking everything like crazy from panty liners to the car seats to the luggage including a large camera bag. In the midst of all of the linked hygiene products there sits a lone wooden spoon. Why would she need a wooden spoon in a carry-on bag? Evan is hyper aware of what folks are saying so we quickly see Layla and Zade on the beach playing in the sand WITH the spoon. No Beach toys… just a bowl from the hotel and this lone spoon. I mean that totally clears it up. Carlin packed this spoon so her kids could play with it on the beach… one at a time. Carlin links every toy and item she packed for her kids to have on the flight and Evan films Carlin helping Layla read bc home school can happen anywhere. In Carlin’s IG grid post we see the family posing on the beach, the most basic food and Layla either playing up for the camera or sulking. The weekly vlog takes us back to Easter and Evan is front and center with his Potato Head filling the entire screen. They show the kids picking up the eggs they threw all over the AstroTurf and Carlin gushing about how much she loves being a mom. Isn’t that a given? I mean she’s pregnant with #3 at 27. Is this unique information? Evan puts money in ONE egg that Zade spots, but Layla grabs. Zade looks on sadly as Layla rejoices in her win until Evan finally suggests they could buy something together. As much as they love being parents, one might think they could set it up so BOTH kids win. We see the usual filming in church, and Layla is being carried around by Carlin before singing in the kid’s choir. After lunch at the big house, they are off to the airport and Carlin tells us Kelly Jo planned their trip and itinerary. As quickly as possible they get Layla in a bathing suit so they can film her as she twists, twirls and throws faces for the camera. Evan goes out to buy groceries on his own and that means he sets the camera up all over the place and films himself. Riveting. The whole bunch head out on a boat ride for snorkeling and the subtitles are back for poor Zade. Two weeks in Hawaii is 2 weeks he isn’t in speech therapy. Carlin posts in full makeup, jewelry and hair done while wearing pajamas to fake cry about feeling her baby kick for the first time. The staged excitement when she says this is the best day of her life is way over the top. Reminder-3rd pregnancy. Anyway, she calls the baby “he” again and acknowledges in the comments that “everyone” is telling her it is a boy. She links every item of clothing she wears and it’s mostly H&M… just like Josie. She hasn’t linked one BSB item so far. 2.The miniature swing set in Katie’s backyard took quite a beating this week when Hailey, Travis and the big dog, Remi all played on it at the same time. Katie filmed and called Travis the “best dad” for this one tiny thing… Then she promotes it and links it and we know why he was out there to begin with. It’s still $1000 too much. Katie is back in the car to sell that money saving app again. She tells the same story every time she sells it and I just don’t think canceling a subscription to Uber Eats is the reason these folks are living the lifestyle they have. Anyway, we also see Gil harassing Hailey in the backseat with a bear as they load up to leave the big house. Katie posts clips from the Tennessee baseball game where Lawson attempted to sing the National Anthem and she seems to be genuinely proud of him. Her ears are just broken at this point. The vlog this week shows the Clarks at the big house where Travis is helping on this mystery remodel project Zach told us about last week. They only say it’s a small house and needs an open floor plan so it remains unclear if it’s a separate structure on the property or if they are finally refurbishing the dilapidated back of the house. In any case, what happens next truly scared my eyes. Travis and Lawson wind up in a pull up contest started by Zach who does one pull up on a beam directly in front of Travis’ camera. Mercy it was a… lot. Before anyone could blink, Lawson has ripped his shirt off and hauled himself up on this beam where he does 15 pull ups and his tight jeans hang on for dear life. Travis refuses to take his shirt off and then whines that the beam hurts his hands...but old daddy Gil insists on having a turn himself. He rips off 16 pull ups while we hear every bone in his body crack in stereo. Lawson has to accept defeat but the real losers are all of us who witnessed that. Travis is tasked with following Lawson around at the baseball game and filming him and it feels like a real “BIG ME, little you” move from Law. They probably threatened Travis not to so much as HUM less they give Lawson the boot and ask Travis to take his spot. The Clarks are at the big house for Easter and Katie says they are lumping this in with Mother’s Day bc Kelly won’t be home then. Back at the McMansion Warden stops in to build a toy shelf and then Katie shows the walls and doors that Hailey has scribbled all over. Like every single wall and every door pretty much. They act surprised but when you are busy filming, editing and posting… what do you think your toddler is doing? Katie tells us all about an upcoming girl’s trip while she cleans a stain off of her brand new white couch. Turns out that girl’s trip was just 36 hours in NJ with Hailey for her sister in law’s baby shower. Katie seems a bit frantic traveling alone with just Hailey, but Hailey is a breeze. GiGi meets them at the airport where Hailey says “I missed you”. She’s barely 2 and has her pronouns down pat. 3.Josie Balka has to keep up the pilates content all by herself while Carlin is busy doing the hula so she coerces Katie to tag along. We see Willow and Hazel once again in their standard uniform of polyester princess dresses and Josie fully admits it is all that they wear. Well, besides oversized beige attire. Josie hasn’t filmed any new content for Effortless shop in quite a while and the shop is only featuring other influencers constantly taking their hair out of the pool noodle. Is the trend dying down… finally? Josie is back to selling makeup and it’s her new favorite. Forget the whole spiel about how she only uses tinted moisturizer and it’s the best ever. That was LAST month. How can anyone trust her opinion when she is totally in love with whatever company is sending her products and checks? She would also like you to purchase her hair growth pills and she films herself flipping her hair at the camera and tapping all over the bottle with her fake nails to draw you in. After we talked last week about not seeing Kelton in the kitchen, this week Josie shows off “Chef Kelton” at the grill at home and he cooked all of the meat for the Easter spread at the big house. As he explains the food facing the camera his new eyebrows are arched more than McDonald’s and it appears some botox may have found its way to his temples. Josie keeps trying with him… gotta give her that. During Easter Josie gathers her mom, Carlin, Lydia, Katie, Tiffy, Tori and Whitney to film the TikTok trend of pregnancy test roulette. Such fun in a fertility cult. The pee sticks are passed from one to the other with abandon and no hand sanitizer in sight. The results reveal 2 positives we already know about… and a third not yet announced. This sends commenters in to a frenzy of confusion because Josie filmed it, but tagged everyone and they all reposted it. There’s so much to dissect here… these women have never seemed happier than playing this fertility game… they added their 58 year old mother who is beyond thrilled to be one of “the girls”… they filmed this specifically when their one sister who has trouble conceiving wasn’t there, but still flooded social media with it…and lastly…. Is this a thinly veiled ad for ClearBlue Easy? This whole things should clear up the idea that these folks are totally progressive and have left their cult days behind. Moving on… Josie drops old footage of taking Lydia to the Effortless Head Spa for her birthday. They show their scalp consults and it was gross seeing the buildup on Josie’s hair. You can treat yourself for upwards of $200. Josie films a GRWM to remove a full face of makeup and sell yet another product. This one is makeup remover and she needs a tin tub full of it. She talks so fast and so lispy it is impossible to know what she’s really talking about. She plays some game where you have to say what you would do if you started over in your career. She mentions how much she loves “birth” and would want to be a doula but also adores what she does now which, according to her, is wedding makeup. Doesn’t mention the influencing. Before wrapping up the weekthe Balka’s are at the Farmer’s Market with their friends where she films her kids wandering around, eating doughnuts and drinking iced coffee. Rinse and repeat. Josie has one final surprise up her sleeve though... SHE is expecting. Baby Miles is still trying to steady himself on 2 feet, but it’s time to grow up... Momma has a brand new embryo. Josie is now pregnancy #5 which means Lawson was right all along and I can’t think of anything worse than Lawson Bates being right. Well, except for poor Josie’s pelvic floor. 4.It was a big, big week down at the Webster work camp. The kids got a trip to the park, their very own individual lunchable… and a small drink from the coffee shop. They did have to wear their big clunky brown boots and agree to have their noses removed in mom’s pictures… but still. Alyssa set her camera up so she could prance around in front of it and say she is living in her skort and tank top… and has Allie care for Rhett while she takes pictures of him making his scrunched up unhappy face. Back at home, Alyssa tags Aldi, the phone cases and her water jug. I hope the 58 cents commission she makes is what is buying the treats for the kids. The Webster pool is open for the season and we see King Rhett in one of his sister’s floaties I guess we know how tight Alyssa and John really are if they are willing to let their male child be photographed in a pink unicorn life vest…. He is also in the pool in a diaper and that’s gross and hopefully only happens at home. In more breaking news, a friend convinced Alyssa to come over to her subdivision’s pool and let their kids play together. Alyssa agreed bc the pool was deserted in the middle of the day and she was allowed to film all of the kids through her filter that washes away any joy or happiness. Rhett is shown in the pink floatie and things just keeping getting worse for him bc this time he is also wearing the damn sad hat. Alyssa seems to have gotten her groove back and is no longer afraid of the world outside of her front door…. Which probably means John will want another baby soon. The homeschool scholarship is really coming in clutch and the family (minus John) makes another trip to Sea World with the cousins. Alyssa poses for a picture with her lover… the humongous iced coffee, and the kids line up obediently for the proof of life pictures. Bet those sea lions weren’t expecting to be filtered. Alyssa is also in her gardening era and shows tons of little vegetables and herbs she is planting around the porch at home. Spring in Florida is so colorful and full of life and vibrancy but she works hard to strip the color away from everything. Her filtered outlook on life matches her vibe… sepia toned and grainy with gloom pushing in from the edges. 5.Whitney Bates just wants to be relatable. As a “busy mom of 5” she has forgotten to get her real ID. Aw shucks, aw dang, y’all. She’s traveling next week and has a girl’s trip coming up and needs that ID. Hopefully she will get it on time y’all. Whitney wanted engagement with this story, and she got it. She tells her viewers that she doesn’t own a passport bc she has no desire to ever travel outside of the good old US of A. Zach shows off another steak dinner, this time with noodles and cheese all topped with olive oil. His arteries are begging for mercy. He’s back out at his new griddle… this time to demonstrate how to season it correctly. He wastes a ton of beef tallow doing this. Chad Paine is going to come running in from the shadows and grab that big vat of tallow so he and Erin can add some MLM oils to it and sell it! Oil and grease are the themes this week as Whitney is also selling body oil. She coats herself in it while she slips up and says she’s been spending a lot of time “out in the pool”… is that the secret they are keeping?? For some unknown reason, Zach reposts the pregnancy test reel featuring his wife, mom and all of his sisters. Trying to drum up interest he adds the side eye emoji to the reel. Whitney just adamantly said she was NOT pregnant in their q and a video so… guess he’s just trying to be one of the influencer girlies. This week’s vlog is just another week of cobbled together chat with Warden. Zach is devouring a hamburger while talking and keeps dipping it in a shared cup of sauce. Warden looks like his stomach is turning but little Jaydon keeps wriggling around in his lap licking up the sauce while they talk. Most of the questions are food related and every answer is just “steak” but we do learn that Gil isn’t really doing tree jobs now, and that Zach doesn’t like his dad’s work schedule. Warden plays Fort Night with Zach’s kids and they talk about how music wasn’t allowed growing up so the boys would come to Zach’s, watch Madagascar and dance their hearts out. Warden works construction and paints lines in parking lots at night. Zach will only say that Warden is “not married”. Duh. He’s 21 years old. Let’s hope he stays single for quite a while. 6.Bless Lydia Bates heart… she is now on week 333 (33) of this never ending pregnancy that she has been preparing for the end of for 263 weeks. This week she puts a bassinet in the corner of her room and links some maternity clothes. She films a mini vlog of her baby checkup that is just her talking in the car, showing the inside of the doctor’s office, and then she’s back in the car and says it was too awkward to film anything. Girl, that isn’t how Carlin Stewart made it to Hawaii for 2 weeks. Awkward is not a word influencers know! The baby is measuring 2 weeks behind and Lydia needs a growth scan. She’s ready for the end, but it sounds like baby girl needs some more time. By mid-week she totally gives up, sets up the camera pointing towards the couch, and films herself sleeping. Finally Trace comes home and they can head to Florida. On the 12 hour drive, Lydia regales us with fun facts like her due date of June 13 and that her favorite German meal is shoe leather steak and sad noodles. Their vlog begins with a tour of the bedroom. The tour is really just Lydia turning to the left, and then turning to the right but she’s super excited about ALL of the color she is adding. ALL of the color is a blue pillow and a small blue blanket. She shows off the baby’s clothes and a few pink outfits have snuck in. The sponsor this week is a beige rug. Lydia’s sister is going on the vacation with them to act as Ryker’s baby sitter. We get a house tour and it’s a super cool house that they are sharing with a friend named Hubert and his family. Her sister gets to share a room with the other family’s babysitter for the week. Doesn’t that sound fun and not at all miserable. 7.Spring time is when life begins anew with little babies and everything is bright and fresh and young. Is anyone surprised then, that Erin Paine is knocked up once again? I am pretty sure that Dr. Vick told Erin he GAVE her an extra third of an ovary, but she was groggy from the anesthesia and heard the whole thing wrong. Then again, what else do these fools have to do? Erin at least is trying to get you to buy her God cards and her doodled on note cards. You can buy 5 cards for just $9. The shipping is $4 though, so I’m finding it hard to believe this is a savvy business plan. She wants to know if folks would like a subscription service for her tallow. The only person I know who needs that much beef fat is brother Zach. We see the Paine kids filing in to church on Wednesday evening and the girls all seem to have new haircuts. Wonder if Erin does it herself, ala Michelle Duggar with a FlowBee? Erin is super excited that the tallow is back in stock and she’s upped the prices. There are now 2 sizes available and... drum roll please... man fat is also now available. Men need their own masculine fat and Erin has created it. Not sure who her test model is because we all know Chad’s hands are baby soft. In the vlog where they announce the 7th baby, Erin is practically cooing as she rains praises on each child. She goes overboard saying that they cried out to God and begged for a child for so long before Carles came along. It’s all a bit much and she wraps it up by saying that she and Chad feel it is their calling in life to raise these children and point them to Jesus. Jesus is pointing back Erin and telling you there’s more to it than just raising them. You are supposed to educate them, feed them and give them some kind of an opportunity too. Oh, and be able to remember their names. That’s helpful. Michael celebrates Easter by sharing tons of flower and tree pictures. She tells the story of the Dogwood blossom and how it relates to the resurrection of Christ. She and Brandon head to the Smoky Mountains for their church’s couples retreat and while there, they spot a bear. She also sends huge congratulations to Erin on her announcement and gushes over the newest Balka to be. Gotta give her props for trying to roll with the flow and be a good sport. In their new vlog they sit together at a desk and recap their Easter trip to Michigan. They have shots of Brandon working with his dad, and his mom decorating tons of Easter goodies.They tell a story about baby bunnies that were separated from their mother and how the mom came back and rescued them. Michael says the Keilen farm is a great place to get away from it all. I can just imagine her gathering her skirts, heading out to the middle of a cow field and screaming her lungs out. I know I certainly would. But instead... she just continues to keep sweet and turn the other cheek. (My dad used to tell my mom he was trying to be the bigger person and turn the other cheek but both of them were blistered!) His mom baked, cooked and made it nice and next up they are going to tell another night-night story about their trip to Florida to visit his sister’s new baby. Tiffany and Lawson spent another week stuck together at home in Nashville churning out nauseating content. Dumb things like Tiffy complaining about her hubby trying to get her to like black coffee or how she’s the little woman who keeps them broke. She films a blank wall and shows how she added some Home Goods crap to it. Tiffany’s parents are in town again and she ruined a steak dinner for all of them not to enjoy. It’s just more shoe leather and gristle... maybe that should be their couple’s name. She expresses how sad she gets when her parents go home. I’m surprised they haven’t made the move to Tennessee yet. Esther is still just about the only Bates that keeps in contact with Tiffany, and we see the 2 of them on a facetime together with baby Graham. Baby Will is getting 2 teeth and starting to crawl. They have a robin’s nest full of eggs in that tree Lawson loves to climb and that makes me wonder... where the heck is Duke the dog? We need to put an APB out on his whereabouts bc since he took Kelly Jo down... he hasn’t been seen. Lawson has a new song coming out all about Poppa Bill and the title has everyone thinking the poor man is dead already. I can’t decide if exploiting your innocent children is worse, better or the same as exploiting your elderly grandfather who is suffering from dementia... but Lawson does it all. It’s another maudlin dirge with a 6th grade rhyming scheme where he screeches around notes while standing out in the road patting his chest and pointing in to the distance. Tiffany promotes it heavily all week by commenting that it’s “so sad about Lawson’s granddad”. Truly it seems they want people to be confused about his health. She also posts a reel where she flicks Lawson in the throat because she’s furious that he is right. It would have been so much better if she karate chopped him, but we’ll take what we can get. We now know the trip they made to the farm was strictly so Lawson could film a music video for this mess of a song and I wish I could read Momma Jane’s thoughts when that crew pulled away. Lawson gives a shout out to Carlin and Evan for helping them capture so many memories for them. Does that mean they are editing? If so... Evan is slow as hell bc they haven’t had a timely vlog in weeks. They do head to the big house for Easter and her parents join them. Tiffany is overjoyed to be invited to join the “it girls” in their pregnancy baiting reel. She ends the week by showing us how she is teaching baby Will to smile on cue. He needs to learn his lessons well and fast bc daddy’s new song is not going to be selling out stadiums. Bits and Bytes…Kelly Jo posts a reel showing all of the families that spent Easter at the big house...BSB has a Mother’s day drop with dresses priced from $70-85. When they don’t immediately sell out, they drop the prices on all of the brand new items by $20-35 and finally sell those $50 T-shirts for half price...Kelly Jo says Happy Birthday to Emerson who she barely knows. She just talks about the baby on the way and how happy she is to be allowed to be a part of it all...Zach is in charge of all of the electrical work on this remodeling project. No Evan in sight...Isaiah and Addee are fresh off of a trip to Europe with the Clown College Singing Circus and we see Addee in pictures with her rumored boyfriend...Baby Will Bates is officially 9 months old and Tiffy shares a ton of pictures but only one with any of the Bates... Have a great week friends. With all of these Bates babies on the way it is pretty evident that they all know the story about the stork bringing babies. Apparently none of them know which bird prevents them from arriving in the first place...the swallow. submitted by /u/dixcgirl10 to r/BringingUpBates [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
dixcgirl10 |
Apr 28, 2025 |
|
Taking Care of Broken Birds [Part 32 - FINALE]
And here we are. After the long journey, we are at the end of the story. The wrap up. So... let's see how broken the birds are in the end, and how taken care of they are, shall we? Big thank you to NoP community for being great and supportive of my endeavors! And as always, big thanks to /u/SpacePaladin15 for creating this universe and allowing fanfiction well to flow free! [First] - [Prev] - [Bonus] Memory transcription subject: Krekos Vince, Krakotl Medical Student Date [standardized human time]: August 4th, 2137 “Krekos! It’s time!” The voice calling out to me awoke me from a very nice nap I was having. I lazily opened one of my eyes and scanned the surroundings, before opening the other. The chicken yard was as safe as ever, with chickens themselves seemingly being more tired out by summer heat than usual, most of them just sitting down in the shade of the barn, only a few out and about hunting little worms that somehow still weren’t extinct in the area despite their best efforts. Well, the birds had water and food, so they’d be fine. Just in case, I also looked over the treeline, but there were no predators in sight. Not since that scare I gave the owl. With the birds’ safety assured, I walked downhill towards the house and to where the voice was calling out from, hopping over the temporary chicken wire fence separating the uphill chicken yard from the area of the main event. There were two separate grills set up in the backyard of the Vince farmhouse. One was operated by Reginald, who was flipping some big slab of meat, while the other was under Tansi’s supervision, as she slowly rotated skewers filled with mushrooms and vegetables. Today was the celebration of our class’ successful passing of the exams. They weren’t too difficult, but neither was the educational course so far. Ristal was the only one who even came close to struggling, but even then she just took longer to get the same perfect score the rest of us got. With that… We were good to continue education into the proper first year come next month. And, of course, Kirlt had the idea to celebrate it all together, and I suggested they come over here. “Krekos, were you seriously napping up there?” Kenneth asked me, waving his hand at me. His wounds healed completely, though discolored fresh skin across his palm made it look like he always had a star in his hand. “It’s a hot summer day. It was nice to relax in the sun a bit.” I excused myself, fluffing up my wings. “Hah. Well, you deserve a chance to relax.” Kenneth smirked, before his face quickly changed to that of mild concern. “Wing doesn’t hurt, does it?” I unfolded my wing, just yesterday freed from the cast. It was mildly sore, but it was more from disuse than it was from any pain. I avoided doing too much with that wing since, although I knew that ideally I should be exercising it more to get it into shape now that the bones were healed. “It’s fine, I think.” I admitted, extending it out and unfurling my feathers in full, before folding it back to my side. “Just gonna need to practice more.” “Good, good. Now come on, everything’s almost ready.” He waved for me to follow and I went to join the others. I'd already greeted everyone when they first arrived, but they still waved at me again as I approached. “There’s our napping bird.” Bakir huffed. “A bit more and we’d eat everything without you.” “No you wouldn’t.” Tansi flicked her tail and turned around to face Bakir. Whatever scar she may have had on her head was completely covered in fur and wool by now. “I am explicitly making enough for everyone. Herbivores and omnivores both.” “Well, he still shouldn’t dawdle like that.” Bakir huffed. “I told you that you shouldn’t have skipped breakfast.” Tikni poked her partner with a claw playfully. “I wanted to save space! I had no idea it’d take that long!” The male gojid grumbled. “Oh! I kept forgetting to ask!” Kirlt skittered up to us, addressing the gojid couple. “Have you tried flesh yet? In any form?” Tikni and Bakir nervously exchanged glances. After seeing what happened to me during the fight, they went ahead and got their allergies fixed. So did Kirlt and I, though ours came only in late July. The gojid had the benefit of a head start, being the first species with successful Cure reversal, not counting the humans. “I haven’t.” Bakir crossed his arms, though from the way his ears lowered, he was somehow embarrassed about it. “I… have, actually…” Tikni’s face twisted, her teeth exposing momentarily. If not for the rest of her body language showing apprehension, I’d assume she was snarling. “It was… A meatball. It tasted… Nice? Not too different from a Liar’s Stiplet, actually, and that’s made with mushrooms. Nothing special.” “Oooh!” Kirlt’s antennae twitched in excitement. “What of you, Krekos? Have you tried something?” “I… I haven’t.” I admitted, feeling a light bloom on my face. Everyone else had looks of mild surprise on them in response. I supposed they expected the one who’s in a relationship with an arxur to be the one to try meat first. “Give him time.” Ristal suddenly spoke up from right behind me, startling me into jumping a little. Before I could turn around she scooped me up and into a hug-based assault. “He did say he wants to try, after all.” “R-Ristal!” I squawked, feeling a bit embarrassed about being manhandled like that, but she just gave me an affectionate lick on the forehead. Huffing with indignation, I pulled my legs in and settled myself in her grasp. “Yes. I do want to try one day, just… Not now.” “I see.” Kirlt’s antennae twitched. “I bet I’ll try before he does!” Bakir suddenly spoke up, before addressing Kirlt. “And what of you?” “Well… I haven’t tried anything with actual meat in it…” Kirlt spoke evasively. “But I did try a lot of meat-flavored crackers and chips! That counts, right?” “Kirlt, those don’t have any meat in them.” Tansi said with a shake of her head. “I eat them all the time. They just flavor the chips with the same things they flavor their meat dishes.” “Yeah, humans aren’t really good at actually tasting meat.” Ristal agreed. “Not without covering it in plants and spices.” “I disagree!” Kenneth called out, rejoining us, this time with Kivlin’s paw in his hand. “Humans are great at tasting meat! Right, Kiv?” “A-whhuhwh?!” The gojid went from brown to deep shade of blue in just a moment, to Kenneth’s and Tansi’s amused laughs. I did get the joke myself, but managed to hold back laughing. Kenneth’s repertoire was something I’ve grown used to, staying cooped up with him indoors during recovery. Ristal blushed slightly, Kirlt tilted his head unsurely at the joke, and the other two gojids covered their mouths, scandalized. “What? I thought you loved sharing jerky with me!” Kenneth elbowed his partner. “A-Ah! That! Yes, that was delicious…” Kivlin lowered his head, failing to hide the intense blush. “Jerky is for preservation, not flavor.” Ristal spoke. “Not all of us can just bite into a raw slab of beef and enjoy it.” Kenneth shrugged. “Plus, we do like steaks and they’re pretty raw.” “I suppose those are fine.” Ristal relented. Her claw started idly petting me and I leaned into the motion. I was glad that she no longer felt the need to constantly restrain herself from saying anything ‘too predatory’. She was more confident than she allowed to show before, and seeing her growing more open about subjects like enjoyment of meat was a sign of improvement. “How are you two settling in your new apartment, by the way?” I asked, addressing the question to Kenneth and Kivlin. “It’s great! It’s actually in the same building as those two.” He motioned his head towards Tansi and Kirlt. “A decent place, perfect for a young couple. I assume the UN fast-tracked my application because of the whole kidnapping ordeal.” Kenneth’s application for an apartment of his own through his veteran status went off successfully. It is a bit ironic that people like Marina and Victor were prioritized, but it wasn’t wrong, per se. Kenneth had a home to return to and they didn't, so it made sense that new homes would be given to those who need them the most first. As the topic mentioned UN, the conversation ended up splitting. Bakir pulled Kivlin aside to ask him something and Kirlt and Tikni went with him. That left myself, Ristal who was still holding me, Tansi and Kenneth. The four who were there that night… “Speaking of the UN…” Kenneth pivoted, noticing the moment of privacy. “The spooks didn’t contact any of you since, did they?” “Not me.” I quickly said. “Only that agent, but it was just testimonies related to the kidnapping case, nothing beyond that.” “Same here.” Ristal confirmed. “Don’t ask me, I didn’t even know Intelligence was involved.” Tansi’s ears flicked. “Okay, good. I was just… Well, the fucking General Jones herself showing up personally left me a bit scared.” Kenneth looked over his shoulder. Behind him, Kivlin said something that made both Bakir and Tikni laugh, while Kirlt was tilting his head back and forth in confusion. “I’m a bit worried that there was some big reason. Like, sure, the three of us were all technically ‘assets’ but we weren’t that important…” “I think it was me.” Ristal sighed. “Well, not me specifically, and more, what I’ve done. She did say it could cause a major diplomatic incident. That sounds like a good enough reason for someone this high up to show up, right? She did basically buy my silence there and then.” “Eh, I say it doesn’t matter too much.” Tansi shrugged. “What leverage do they even have now? If Ristal speaks up about the truth behind her arrival, they can discredit her, sure, but other than that, there’s not much they hold over us, right?” “I suppose.” Kenneth sighed. “It’s not like it was a coincidence Marina and Victor ended up back on Earth though. Same with me, really.” “Huh? What does that mean?” I tilted my head at him. “I heard from a member of my old squad that everyone who was in it got ‘released from service’ early. Same as me, same as Marina, same as Victor. It was presented as an allowance to retire early, but I bet it actually was…” He paused, looking around momentarily. “It was a purge. Removing anyone who could sour humanity's reputation with aliens. Members of squads that were problematic, individuals whose views were vocally HF-like. Stuff like that. Send them home, give them a pension and keep them out of the alien public’s eye. And with Marina being in my squad and that old plan of hers, I got swept up too.” “So, does that mean the Intelligence guys will be coming after us again?” Tansi flicked her ear inquisitively. “If Ristal’s right, they won’t. Which… Well, I say is a win for everyone.” Kenneth sighed. They continued talking about the possibility of Jones and her agency wanting something more from us, but my mind went towards Kenneth’s words about the undeployment. That… did explain a lot. It wasn’t like the humans didn’t need manpower anymore, there were still planets out there actively trying to fight the war, even though it was as good as over. But now that they didn’t need as much, removing those who could threaten the relative peace would naturally be a priority… Marina and Victor definitely fit the bill. Both lost everything, but they decided that rather than build something new, they’d rather bring others down to their level. I couldn’t not pity their losses, I was in a similar state after learning of what happened to Nishtal. But the things they chose to do… I spent a lot of time thinking. Not too much else I could do with my wing in a cast. Thinking about all those people in Marina’s gang. Mr. Branch. Cimq and his cohorts. Dr. Mills. Kirlt, Bakir and Tikni. The gojid at the camp. Tansi. Captain Kesalim. Dr. Harla. The Vince family. Ristal. Myself. All people who lost things dear to them or were driven to a brink. Yet… There was no pattern. No clear cut line as to what drove some of them to try and do right, and others to harm those around them. Cimq lost everything during the Sillis invasion, and he chose to try and commit violence against the humans, while Kirlt embraced them. Dr. Mills and Marina both had reasons to hate the krakotl, yet Dr. Mills chose to try and overcome his fears and even helped me personally, warning me of the danger ahead of time. Even Mr. Branch was willing to abandon Rosie and take his own life from shame of his failures. There was no clear sign of a pattern. In the end, it wasn’t just about what happened to us all. But about choices. The choices they made, the choices I made. Kirlt chose to be thankful for a second chance. Bakir and Tikni chose to embrace human culture. Tansi chose to honor her partner’s memory. Dr. Mills chose to be a better person. Even Mr. Branch, in the end, made the right choice for the sake of his granddaughter. And I… I chose to build anew. To start a life of my own, to look forward and overcome the past. To realize that even though I may have failed in the past, the choices I made then… They weren’t wrong. And that it’s important that I keep making the right choices moving forward, not allowing the people who made the wrong ones to hinder me ever again. “Krekos!” A girl’s voice snapped me out of zoning out. My thoughts flew free for a moment and I lost the conversation, and when I came to, Rosie was there. “Ah, sorry. What did you ask?” I tried to hide my embarrassment. “Are you going to try something today? Please?” She pleaded, attempting to deploy big round eyes of hers. It wouldn’t work though. “Rosie, I said it before. I will try it when I feel like I’m ready to take that step. I just…” I paused. I knew meat and products humans made were not ever living creatures, but… I couldn’t overcome the feeling of disgust at the idea of consuming flesh. Maybe what I had to do during the night of the kidnapping was affecting my judgment here, but I wasn’t the only one still hesitant to try. I knew it wouldn’t change me in any way, Tansi tried meat and was fine, and I was now free of the Cure, but still. I just wanted to take things one step at a time. “I just am not ready. Okay?” The child was relentless though. “Not even honey…?” “Not even honey.” I answered her firmly. “Rosie! Do you want to help me arrange the plates?” Lena called out, distracting the child from her harassment of me. “Oh! Yes! I do! Thank you, Lena!” She cheerfully spun around and rushed to the big table, joining Lena there. “She’s been adjusting well.” Ristal commented, watching the girl start setting the plates under Lena’s guidance. “I’m just glad mom and dad managed to get the foster custody.” Kenneth sighed. “Although they do plan to take her with them when they move to the city again, at least that way she can live in a familiar area.” “I am glad I could help her adjust.” I agreed with him. “Dealing with the fact that her grandpa is a criminal who will be in prison for the rest of his life couldn’t have been as easy as she made it look. But… children can be innocent like that.” “She’ll alleviate mom and dad’s empty nest, at least.” Kenneth smirked. “When are they moving out again?” Ristal asked. “Plan is to move to their new NYC apartment at the end of the month.” Kenneth answered, before raising an eyebrow at Ristal. “Eager to move in with your boyfriend much?” “It’s n-not that, I was just curious!” Ristal spluttered, though from the way her claws petting me intensified, she was, in fact, eager. “They promised they’d occasionally send Rosie to visit here on weekends too.” I added. “Both to visit me and… Mr. Branch in prison.” “That’s nice. I’m glad she won’t have to feel alone.” Ristal’s face formed a slightly bittersweet expression. “You’re lucky to have a place to move to outside of the main town.” Tansi suddenly piped up with a huff. “The place has been getting pretty unbearable. None of that here in the country.” “The protesters, right?” I asked her, and she flicked her ears in confirmation. “Those assholes just won’t let up!” She stomped her paw angrily. “Violent alien extremists… I could show them some violent…” “You really shouldn’t.” Kenneth pointed out. “The police are making sure their protests aren’t too close to the refugee center and if any do get close, well. You or any of the gojid there can come to me.” He smirked. “Or any other new staff there.” Tansi crossed her arms. “Why did you take the job there anyway?” Ristal asked the human. “Don’t you have a pension that basically sets you for life?” “Because when I heard the place was going to be left nearly unstaffed, I wanted to help. Especially with the protesters showing up. Can’t leave Kivlin to the metaphorical wolves, you know. Plus the new boss is definitely not about to give any bigots time of day, on either side of the fence, so that’s a great plus.” He explained. “Good. I ran into the protesters a few times and… There was this fight…” She rubbed her shoulder uncomfortably, but her words sparked concern, my wings instantly fluffing up as I twisted my head to look up at her. “Fight?! You never told me about getting into any fights!” I said, feeling anxious concern. If I couldn’t even be there to support her… “I didn’t get into any fights, it’s just the group of protesters that accosted me, they kind of…” She paused, looking aside awkwardly. “They kind of realized that while they all dislike you and what you have done, hence the whole protest for justice, their opinions on me are much more split and… They ended up starting a fight when some tried to shout me down while others tried to praise my bravery…?” Kenneth and Tansi burst out laughing at that. “So that’s what that riot was about?!” Kenneth asked, incredulous. “That’s hilarious… Damn morons…” “Well, I am glad that Vinces are okay with you moving here.” I spoke, shifting the topic away from the stupid protests. “It’s safer here.” “And I can be with my boyfriend.” Ristal agreed, nuzzling my neck happily. I returned it with a gentle nip on the neck. “Get a room, lovebirds.” Tansi huffed. In the end, the marriage between me and Ristal remained fictive. Neither of us felt like that quite yet and we were both content to let that just be a legal formality for now. It was much more enjoyable to be a dating couple than a married one so far, and neither of us was prepared to really change that quite yet. Maybe one day, once the dust does fully settle… Still. The protests against me personally. That was definitely a thing I was glad to have avoided with the whole ‘forbidden to leave the farm’ for the last month. Which was not some legally enforced clause, but just the strict order from Lena and Reginald, aided by my need for medical recovery. I heard that the protests have really just been generally… About anything at all related to the situation. A lot against me, sure, but there were also a few anti-HF protests supporting us, pro-arxur protests to abolish the planned containment zone for their new government, pro-Federation protests arguing that the humans are destroying alien culture because of how un-Federation my and Tansi’s actions were… It was a mess and I felt bad for Tansi and Ristal having to bear it, living in town. At least the police were now actively on it, and neither myself, nor anyone else in the class had any hesitation calling them in anymore, so those people would just remain angry sign wavers for the foreseeable future. Probably right until some other big event occurs that takes their attention elsewhere. “Oh, Krekos, since the topic of your girlfriend moving in came up, I never did ask. What are your plans for the farm?” Kenneth spoke up. “Well…” I shuffled in Ristal’s arms, suddenly feeling pressured. With Kenneth getting a new apartment for himself and Kivlin, Lena and Reginald planning to move to rebuilt sections of New York and my successful adoption procedure, the family’s general plan for the farm was finalized – leave it to me as the person for whom the ‘country’ lifestyle was the most fitting, especially with my supposed attachment to chickens. I was just protective of them as my responsibility, nothing more. “I don’t have any specific plans. Just… keep taking care of the birds. I have no real experience managing farms or animals… Maybe start a small garden…?” “Well, as long as you’re not getting rid of the birds, that’s fine by me.” Kenneth smiled. “The only reason we kept them was because they were uncle’s and he loved them.” “And hey, maybe now that your Cure is gone, you could go ahead and start eating all the eggs they produce.” Tansi added mischievously. Whatever expression I made at that must have been very amusing, if everyone giggling at me was any indication. “Are you talking about eggs?” Kirlt piped up, him and the gojid rejoining the conversation. “Yes. And about the excess that Krekos could eat.” Tansi confirmed. “I am not eating any eggs any time soon!” I countered, feeling my feathers fluff up. “If I were to try anything first, it’d be… fish, probably.” “Fish seems like something that would taste slimy and gross.” Tikni spoke up. “Like seaweed.” “Depends on how it’s prepared!” Kenneth explained. “Sure, raw fish is slimy and gross, but it can also be smooth and tender if made into sashimi, or it can be cooked in many ways and become delicious!” “Slimy and gross…” I hummed, echoing others’ words. “That’s how many people describe algae, and that’s delicious…” “Eugh… krakotl.” Bakir shuddered, his spines flaring up momentarily. “I can confirm that raw fish is, indeed, quite delicious.” Ristal piped up. “I tried several types, and as long as it wasn’t frozen for preservation, it has got a ton of flavor.” “Krakotl were fish-eaters…” Kirlt buzzed quietly. “Please, stop!” I felt a bloom on my face. “I will try, but talking about it like that too much is just…” I wanted to say something there but words completely escaped me, and I failed to describe the feeling I experienced at everyone being so encouraging in that regard. “No pressure.” Kenneth reached out and patted me on the back. “So, everyone ready for the proper first year of education?” Tikni tapped her claws together, shifting the topic. “We’re not even done celebrating ending the zeroth year, and you’re already asking about being ready for the first.” Tansi sighed, shaking her head. “It is reasonable to ask, there’s only one month left.” The gojid huffed. “Well, we’re as ready as we can be, I bet.” Kirlt pointed out. “We have passed the exams and now it’s just waiting until they tell us more. Can’t really prepare more than we already are, considering we have no clue what’s next.” “I agree there.” Bakir piped up, earning himself a slightly annoyed look from Tikni. “Sorry, dear, but I tell you, you worry too much about the smallest things.” “Says the man who keeps rushing to his car every morning to make sure it’s okay.” She countered accusatorily. “It was an expensive purchase! Plus, we’ve been making good use of it!” He crossed his arms. “Okay, fine, but still, I can worry about the future a little bit.” Tikni relented. “Well, I think the future looks rather bright.” Kivlin spoke up, wrapping his arm around Kenneth with a happy expression on his face. “The protests are definitely an improvement over a violent gang.” “And there are no more lingering secrets.” Ristal spoke. Nobody really reacted to that, which was good. It was good that people have grown to accept her before she revealed it, otherwise… it might have been a much bigger struggle. “And, most importantly, everyone is fully healed.” Kenneth finished, eyeing the small scars on Ristal’s waist, before looking over at my wing. “You sure you don’t want to give it a go, Krekos? There’s still a bit of time before the food’s ready.” “Food…?” Tansi suddenly tilted her head. “My grill!” With a panic she rushed over to her grill, which was emitting a surprisingly dark smoke. So that’s what that burning smell was. I probably should have spoken up about it, considering her venlil sense of smell. Returning to Kenneth’s question, I unfolded the previously injured wing, flexing the muscles in it. There was a bit of stiffness, but it didn’t really hurt. As I did so, Ristal lowered me back to the ground, and once I was there, I unfolded the other wings too, extending both to full wingspan at my sides. I gave them a single test flap. No pain jolts or sores. I gave a few more. Still nothing. “Is it okay…?” I asked, addressing the crowd. “Just be back down in time for food.” Kenneth said. I exchanged looks with Ristal too, but she just gave me a small reassuring nod too. With the confirmation, I turned around and looked uphill. After a moment of hesitation, I went for a running start and flapped my wings… …before taking off and lifting into the sky, flight habit taking over and any sense of stiffness in the previously broken wing disappearing entirely as I settled into the rhythm of height-raising flaps. I flew over the chicken yard, the birds still doing well and thankfully not fighting. I kept flying higher, going past the height of treetops and made a loop, to fly over the farm in the opposite direction, this time from up high. I could see everyone down there. Reginald, Kenneth and Kivlin chatting by the meat grill, Lena and Rosie setting the table, with Tikni having joined them to help, Tansi fussing over her burnt grill together with Bakir and Tikni… And Ristal, standing aside and looking up at me, tracking me. I wasn’t sure if she could see where precisely I was looking from there, but she gave me a happy wave. I replied by doing a barrel roll. It felt good to fly again after being cooped up in recovery for a while, to feel the freedom of the skies… And now I could go back to flying wherever I wanted whenever I wanted too, not just because the people that were after me were gone, more would follow I’m sure, but because I knew now that I had others who’d be there to catch me, should I fall. And in the same way I knew I’d be there to catch them should they start falling. And as long as we could take care of each other… I wouldn’t ever again be afraid to fly free, even in Earth’s perilous skies. [First] - [Prev] - [Bonus] submitted by /u/Heroman3003 to r/NatureofPredators [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
Heroman3003 |
Mar 11, 2025 |
|
VENLIL FIGHT CLUB 34
Credit goes to u/SpacePaladin15 for the universe, obviously. Credit also goes to the VFC writer's room – u/Alarmed-Property5559, u/JulianSkies, u/Acceptable_Egg5560, u/YakiTapioca, u/DOVAHCREED12, and SoldierLSnake – for proofreading this chapter, u/Easy_Passenger_4001 for my sweet cover art, and u/AlexWaveDiver for the VFC theme. Thanks! And if you want more VFC and haven't seen it yet, check out u/tulpacat1's wonderful ficnap! Or alternatively, check out my own ficnap of JulianSkies' The Dojo, which is a VFC crossover! Or for something completely different, you can also see my ficnap of u/Creditmission's Products for Predators. FIRST | PREVIOUS | NEXT Support me on Ko-Fi! ++++++++++ Memory transcription subject: Lerai, Venlil Fighter Date [standardized human time]: December 26th, 2136. ++++++++++ “We now have updates regarding the sudden hospitalization of Magister Andel. Milvi?” My ears shot up, my attention instantly pulled to the little holoprojector in the corner. I’d only just taken my work apron off… “Thanks, Ledos. It was just a few paws ago that a sudden shadestalker appearance rocked the streets of Starlight Grove. Despite the efforts of the Exterminator’s Guild to take care of the threat, our Magister of Protection was found unconscious in an alleyway shortly afterwards, having been attacked by the beast. Reports say that he split from the herd in the initial stampede, and likely ran into the shadestalker alone. It was only thanks to the efforts of our own Chief Exterminator Selgin, who was in the area and happened upon the attack, that Andel survived.” The image cut to Selgin at a press conference. “Our exterminators are some of the best in the business. They took all the correct steps to manage the initial stampede, but sometimes, tragedies like this can happen.” “Are you taking any steps to prevent a repeat of this incident?” asked a reporter. “We’re ensuring all exterminators receive additional training to keep a stampede contained, and headed towards dedicated evacuation shelters. Make no mistake, I and the rest of the guild take full responsibility for our failure to keep all our citizens safe, especially such an important figure as Andel. I assure you, I will do everything in my power to make sure nothing like this happens again.” I couldn’t help but scoff under my breath. Yeah, right… The view cut back to Milvi. “We’ve received word from the hospital that doctors have been able to stabilize Andel, but that he currently remains unconscious, and they have been unable to share any specifics about his injuries at this time. We can only hope for his safe recovery, and we’ll share more details as we get them. Back to you, Ledos.” “Thanks, Milvi. We here at Five Star News are wishing him the best. Coming up next, the volunteers at…” As they moved on to some fluff piece, I couldn’t help but ruminate on what I’d just seen, stalling out in front of my locker. To my right, two lockers down, a coworker had also paused to watch the news in the middle of getting ready for his own shift. Some newbie Krakotl I hadn’t really gotten to know yet. “I still can’t believe it… a shadestalker this far into town. And it got a Magister of all people,” the purple-tinged avian said to no one in particular. I wasn’t really sure what to think either… Andel’s sudden hospitalization had been a shock to everyone. Shadestalker attacks in the town proper were unusual. They only really happened out in the rural areas, like up on the mountain or the farmlands, and even then it was pretty rare. For all the grief the exterminators gave me, they were at least effective on that front. But for it to attack a Magister… and one who was responsible for some pretty divisive legislation, at that? Is it just coincidence…? The Krakotl cast his glance my way. “You’re a Human sympathizer, right? You wear that pelt often… This must come as a shock to you.” “I… yeah…” I replied noncommittally, not really paying attention. “I don’t know how you do it. Knowing that something like the Magister’s fate could await you. I mean…” He turned back to the holoprojector. “I may not have agreed with him politically, but I wouldn’t wish harm on the guy…” I wasn’t the most politically active Venlil. I knew the basics—who our Governor was, a few names from her cabinet, most of the names of our district’s Magisters, Magistratta, and our High Magister—but that was about it. Still, even I’d heard of the Exterminator and Facility Reformation Act… and how divisive it was among the herd. Even without Andel’s involvement, the bill had gone through. The Magistratta had stepped in while he was recovering, and while they didn’t have quite the same sympathies for Humans, they also didn’t want to go directly against his wishes just because he happened to be out due to injury. So the law was passed, and would be enforced as written. Everyone seemed to have their own opinion on the subject. I naturally thought it was great, and hoped it would lead to the exterminators finally backing off and leaving me and my family alone. Hardliners on the other side were afraid of PD patients roaming the streets, tainting everyone they came into contact with. Plenty were somewhere in the middle, or undecided; people who were starting to grasp that Humans might not be so bad and were even making some good points, but still fell back on Federation thinking when things got frightening. For all the strides they’d made, Humans still had a long way to go. I was pulled from my thoughts by a familiar snout approaching in my periphery. “Lerai, there you are. I was waiting for you,” Vyrlo greeted. “Ready to go?” “Oh! Yes, sorry.” I couldn’t afford to sit and grow roots. I had places to be. So I grabbed my things from my work locker and joined Vyrlo as we headed out. This paw… I was going to show Dad and Hiyla the gym. I’d finally recovered enough from the match to feel confident in going back. Oh, I wish I could have captured the look on my family’s features when I walked through the door, even more beaten than before but as giddy as a flowerbird. Hiyla was initially worried when she saw my injuries, but was happy that I was happy once she knew I was alright. As for Dad, he almost lost his confidence about my hobby all over again… and when I told him I won, they both almost fainted. …I was still sort of riding that emotional high. It still felt… unreal. That I’d taken down a Human. A trained Human. A species that had evolved with natural hunting strength. But he’d kept his word and agreed to see what I was up to. Hiyla was particularly excited, though I think she might have had a mistranslation somewhere… all she’d seen was Zettis’ video of me dodging the Stooges at the park, and I think she thought it might just be more of that? Honestly, I wasn’t sure if he could handle it. Hiyla… probably could. Dad, I had doubts. If I was being realistic, this was probably going to be too much for him. So I’d made an effort to try to ease him into it; I’d warned my herdmates that they were coming, and had them tell the Chief. I was kicking myself for forgetting to tell him. I was just riding the emotions that day and it had completely slipped my mind. But he was apparently surprisingly okay with it. According to Maria, he said he figured that the secret was going to get blown with them sooner or later, and that he didn’t really like me needing to lie to my family anyway, so he was just glad it worked out in the end. So with everyone on board, we decided to put on a kind of low-stakes show for them. Keep it simple, and gently guide their paw towards hopefully truly understanding. We figured it’d be good to see how a total outsider would react anyhow, if we did end up going public. To that end, Vyrlo’s presence was part of the plan. Showing that I wasn’t the only non-Human learning martial arts would go a long way. Now we had to meet them in the Human district; we’d decided to herd up at a local storefront a little ways from the gym proper, so we could make sure we weren’t being followed. They were probably already on their way. We passed by Naartis on our way out the door, and I bid him goodbye. “I’m heading out. See you.” “Mmm,” he muttered simply. “You’re looking better. Still don’t want to explain how you got those injuries?” “No, not particularly.” Not to you, anyway. He simply stared at the two of us with one bulbous eye for a moment. “...I trust that you two are not involving yourself in anything… untoward. It wouldn’t do for my great garden’s image, public or personal, to be maintained by tainted artists.” His eye flicked to Vyrlo. "Nor be subject to the misunderstandings of someone… behind the times. A single imbalance can affect the whole soil bed.” It took everything I had not to pin my ears back, and maintain the air of outward cordiality. I could see Vyrlo visibly struggling. “...No, sir,” my herdmate eventually responded. “...Very well.” He turned and waved us away, and we took the opportunity to make ourselves scarce. It was only after we were a good distance away that we both visibly decompressed. Vyrlo ran both of his paws over his ears. “I hate that guy,” he groaned. “You and me both,” I sympathized. “...I’d only half-turn one ear towards the work if I didn’t need the job.” “No you wouldn’t. You’re too honest, and you like exercise now.” I whistled in amusement. “Wow, called out.” We began walking the familiar route to the station together, our conversation turning to lighter subjects and sweetening my soured mood. “I’m excited to finally meet this younger sister of yours,” Vyrlo commented idly. “Whenever you talk about her, she just sounds like the best person.” “Because she is,” I replied without hesitation, to which Vyrlo just snorted. “No, really! How many twelve-cycle-old Venlil become master chefs, make friends with a Human, and learn that their older sister’s learning the most predatory thing imaginable and just go ‘oh, that’s cool! I wanna see!’ in the span of a pass-and-a-half? “I know, I know!” he laughed, his paw swaying to try to placate me. But as he let out his last yip of laughter, his ears fell just the tiniest bit, and his next words seemed distant. “...You know, you’re very lucky. I hope this goes well for you.” “Yeah… me too,” I agreed. My thoughts couldn’t help but turn to them. Hopefully they were handling this okay… ++++++++++ Memory transcription subject: Hiyla, Slightly Anxious Venlil Student ++++++++++ “Come on, Dad, it’ll be fine!” I beeped, tugging on his tail. “Sis is probably waiting for us!” I could feel slight trembles in my paw as he leaned against a nearby building. “I know, just… give me a scratch, please,” he replied with a shuddering breath. I couldn’t help but flatten my ears with sympathy as he tried to take some deep breaths. Honestly, I kinda had the jitters too… like I’d drank too much rousebloom tea. I knew we’d be okay. It’s not like Lerai or the Humans were going to fight us. Sis had said they’d take it slow, and we’d only watch. And I’d long figured out that Humans didn’t seem to have any kind of… inherent bloodlust, or anything like that. But still, I couldn’t help but wonder… what exactly had Sis been doing this whole time? All those super-hard exercises, all the practice she’d done behind the thicket, all the things she’d had to learn to beat a Human…! What exactly had it all grown? I couldn’t help but hold that last thought. It was still crazy to think about. My older sister had fought a Human until they surrendered. Her! A Venlil! We were supposed to be the weak ones, and Humans were super strong, predator or otherwise! But… somehow, she’d done it anyway. She’d come home exhausted, swollen, and bruised, nearly given both of us heart attacks, inhaled last-meal, and passed out early to sleep for almost two claws, but she’d done it. And we were about to find out how… and that was… kinda scary, danger or not. One more exhale. “” Dad signed, looking a little more calm. So we continued, as I held onto his tail. We were getting closer to the Human district, and the crowds were starting to get thinner, with most of the usual preyfolk being replaced by Humans. I’d never actually been out here, but it seemed nice enough… the buildings looked a little old, but well-kept. Everything had a fresh coat of paint, and flower beds were filled with colorful new growths. Yet Dad couldn’t really focus on any of it; his attention was fully fixed on the Humans, each one wearing a mask since they were out in public. Each new one would make Dad’s tail tremble just a little. He was already starting to look nervous again. Maybe I could break the tension? Get his thoughts away from the Humans? “What do you think it’ll be like?” I asked curiously, before immediately scolding myself. I was supposed to take his mind off of the subject, not headbutt him with it! But it was too late, I couldn’t put the fruit back on the vine. He looked a bit hesitant… but he answered anyway. “I-I have no idea. I don’t have much point of reference to begin with.” “Well… That’s fair…” Now I was actually thinking about it. “You said you saw her once, right? In the backyard?” “Only once, yes. And I still couldn’t tell you…” His paw went to his chin. “It was like… at the time, I thought it looked like dancing.” “Dancing?” “It’s really the only thing I could compare it to. Just, with punches and kicks.” “Hmm…” My ears waggled. “...Mmmmaybe it’ll be like a dance show? That’d be fun!” Dad whistled a small laugh. “What, like those artsy aura-flow things the Suleans and Iftalis do?” “Yeah! Maybe she and that Human had a dance-off!” I knew it sounded ridiculous, but I could see Dad’s ears flap with amusement, so I kept up the bit. “Y’know, like HA!” I struck an exaggerated dance pose. “Oh, Stars,” he laughed. “I’d pay real money to see that. Can you imagine that huge Human friend of hers we met trying to dance? Vince?” I squeaked and whistled at the mental image of the enormous Human wildly flapping his arms like in a Duerten mating dance. Some of the Humans had a strange grace to their movements, but someone as big as Vince? No chance. Still, as my laughter petered out, my mind couldn’t help but wander again. “...I wonder if the rest of the Humans there are as big as him.” “Stars, I hope not…” He looked straight ahead. “I can’t help but fear the worst…” “Dad–” “Let me finish,” he interrupted. He was silent for a moment. “...This whole thing has affected your sister for the better, and… it’s been good for all of us in turn. But really, we’ve only ever seen the front she puts up. And I just… I can’t help but worry about her. I mean, empathy or not, they–they’re predators. Things like competition and battle are in their blood. It’s…” He swallowed, staring into the middle distance. “I-It’s fine for us to be a little d-different. But… other species don’t usually learn how to fight for fun.” “...It is kinda scary…” I admitted aloud. “But I also think it’s cool. It’s kinda like being an Exterminator, right? One of the good ones.” “But more than likely, she’s learning it to be protect us from the Exterminators, little blossom,” he replied. “That’s…” I went quiet. It made sense, but… maybe I’d been trying to avoid thinking about it. We walked silently for a moment while I pondered, before Dad broke the silence again. “...I am proud of her for wanting to form her own branches. And I’ll support her no matter what. But it…” He sighed. “It doesn’t change the fact that I probably won’t enjoy what I’m about to see.” I was silent for a moment as I thought about it. Would I enjoy it? The Humans had always been… distant, about a lot of their culture. They were honest about some things; they were open about many of the violent conflicts, wars, and other horrible things they’d ended up embroiled in throughout their long and often bloody history. But not all of it. I knew Haoyu had interests he was afraid to show me, because he thought I wouldn’t accept them. And… if I was being honest, I could see why. I’d told him I wanted to at least try, but he was still hesitant. Sis, though… she’d thrown herself right into the heart of the storm. Would I be able to handle those same winds? “...I’ll just try to keep an open mind. That’s all I can really do,” I eventually said, tightening my grip on his tail. Dad glanced down at me. After a moment, he let out a little breath, and his tail gently squeezed my arm in turn. “Wise words, little blossom.” We were getting further and further into the district. Our meetup spot was a little over three blocks away now. This’ll be fine, Hiyla… everything will be fine. ++++++++++ Memory transcription subject: Gormin, Takkan Senior Exterminator ++++++++++ I hate this thing. My digits fumbled with the body camera, adjusting its fit on my harness. Some ridiculous Human-made junk that had been ordered from the UN. It was probably broadcasting my whereabouts directly to them, so that they’d drop whatever predatory tashtra they were doing and put on their thin veneer of civility. Teska and Kellic walked beside me on our patrol, their own new privacy-violators carefully affixed. My gaze passed between my squadmates. I couldn’t help but feel… disappointed in them. They were starting to stray from the path. Teska, especially. Their recent refusal to pursue our best lead in Lerai, along with their utter failure to capture the predator who had actually used violence against me… If I ever get my hands on him, I swear to the Infinite Five… I sighed, and rubbed my jaw. It still hurt several days later. …They said he had gotten away while I was unconscious. But for some reason, I wasn’t so sure. I didn’t want to doubt them, but… perhaps, in a way, these cameras could be useful in the future. Maybe. I still hated them. I knew where this was going. I’d make some minor mistake that no other guild would look twice at, or be too harsh to one of those monsters. Then someone would complain, the footage would be pulled, and this new ethics committee would be on me like a tidal wave. No doubt accepting only the worst possible version of events. I couldn’t help but scoff at the idea; what could be more ethical than our sacred duty of keeping the good people safe from the horrors of predation? Yet we weren’t even allowed to use incendiaries against them anymore. How were we to guard against taint? But for now… as much as I loathed it, there was little I could do about it. Any major infraction would be recorded for posterity. Even if I turned the blasted thing off, it wouldn’t matter; if a citizen complained over some frivolous detail, and the camera footage wasn’t provided, it’d automatically count against us. All I could do now was stall whatever evils the Humans were planning for long enough that we would make it through the coming paws relatively unscathed. And I had to hope my squadmates would join me. “...Make sure you two keep an eye out,” I said. “Watch for anything suspicious from the Humans, or from anyone on the old PD suspect list.” “What do we even do if there’s a PD incident, sir?” Kellic asked. “Same as before. If a prey turns violent due to taint, we are to simply detain them. We may use what force is necessary. But no more, lest those pseudo-predators watching over our every move pounce on us from the muck.” “...But… then what? There’s no facility to send them to…” The Gojid muttered. I sighed. “...I don’t know. They just go to a normal prison if convicted, I suppose? The same ones for non-violent crime.” “But… how do they get better? Who helps free their minds from–” “I don’t know!” I barked, before becoming embarrassed at my own outburst. I couldn’t help it, this was all so frustrating! “I… I haven’t even managed to get through the whole text of the bill. I’ve tried to read it, but every time I start I eventually just see blue.” “I’ve read most of it,” Teska commented. “If I remember right… the facility itself is being converted into some sort of… prison hospital? In severe Predator Disease cases, the afflicted are still sent there. But the method of treatment has been almost entirely overhauled. It’s a lot more… gentle?” “What?” My face met my paws. “Gentle how?” “There’s none of the usual treatments. No electroshock therapy, herd behavior therapy, or anything experimental. I’m not really clear on the details… but it seems like it’s mostly just a lot of talking? Maybe basic neuro depressants or stimulants, in some situations?” “Oh, of course!” I threw my paws in the air. “Why would they want to do anything to reduce taint? This is all Human-inspired crime prevention, after all! I swear, I’m going to–” “Gormin, breathe,” Kellic reached up to place a claw on my shoulder. I shakily tried to do as he instructed. He was right, getting angry about it wouldn’t help the situation. “...We’ll just have to take this as it comes,” I decided. “If the streets flood with the diseased, then so be it. We’ll just arrest them all again.” I stopped, and turned to my squadmates. I needed them to understand. “We’re the only ones standing between civility and safety, and total anarchy. Remember that.” “Yes, sir,” they replied. But for some reason, it felt like their hearts weren’t in it. Disappointed, I simply huffed some affirmation, and we resumed our patrol. We were in the Human district today. Frankly, we could hardly afford not to be. But simply being here made me nervous. Without the safety net of our usual predator-cleansing weapons, we were likely to be ill-equipped to defend ourselves if the Humans decided we were too much of a nuisance, and spirited us off the streets to consume in their dens. Especially now, as we slowly came closer to the heart of the predators’ den, and we began to see more and more of the monsters. Indeed, I wasn’t the only one feeling the pressure. My two squadmates were notably twitchy… and many of the monsters that infested these buildings were staring. Even with the mirrored plastic of their masks, it was obvious as their entire heads turned towards us unnaturally. Wrongly. “Stand proud,” I told them quietly. “They can sense your fear.” With a nervous, audible gulp, they tried to stand up straight. Though their gazes still darted towards the smallest perceived movements. I supposed it was the best I could ask for. I watched each Human that passed carefully. They were starting to become more bold, what with the recent policy changes. I was seeing more of them in the streets, even outside of this district. And each played their part perfectly, assuming the role and trappings of a good little citizen, ever-so-grateful for our kindness in keeping them safe from the evaporation by antimatter they deserved. They likely knew we were watching. But I didn’t know how long the presence of the Exterminators would serve as a deterrent before they truly began to take over. I needed something soon, if only to buy us time. But still, even the ones who didn’t realize we were watching them because of their poor field of view were just… walking along to some destination. Chatting amongst one another. Working, doing maintenance on the old buildings. Not a single one giving me anything to work with. It was infuriating. … …Hmm? To my right, I saw Teska’s crest puff out in alarm. He was seeing the same thing I saw. There was a pair of Venlil walking along the opposite side of the road. One had a white coat with black undercoat, whereas the smaller one was all-black. And they both seemed visibly nervous, especially the older one, as they made their way to some unknown destination that was apparently further inside the district. Those fools… They were walking right into the predators’ jaws! They obviously understood that, given the visible anxiety in their features, so why did they put themselves in such danger? No, there had to be a reason. No one was that suicidal. Perhaps they were being coerced? Threatened, somehow? Luraftne protect them, for who knew what sick, twisted things they were being subjected to at the claws of– …No, wait… I squinted. Those Venlil seemed familiar… “Sir, Isn’t that…?” Teska’s eyesight was far sharper than mine. “That’s… it’s that girl we saw at the park, that time when Lerai resisted arrest…” A wingclaw went to his beak as he tried to recall the specifics. “...Right, I remember now! That’s her sister. So, the one next to her must be–” “Lanaj…” I finished. The Venlil who had stormed into the office one day and threatened the Chief Exterminator. I remembered him well… In truth… I did have a bit of sympathy for him. Mawasi and I may not have ever agreed with each other on our roles as exterminators when she was still alive, but I could never help but admit that she was a true pillar in our community. She was well-liked, brave, for a Venlil… I suspect she may have had Predator Disease. But she turned that bravery to a good cause, so I was willing to let it slide. Her loss was a blow to all of us. But it didn’t excuse her husband’s response. And it didn’t wipe away the taint that had passed down to their children. It was harsh, but for the safety of the herd, they needed to be treated. …Except now they couldn’t. I watched the pair walk along. They hadn’t noticed us; they were embroiled in their own conversation, and more concerned about the Humans than us. Damn it… is this even worth it anymore? I have a duty, but I can’t perform it. Riazat, guide me on the true path to knowledge… what should I do? *…*It was still possible they were being coerced, but if they were connected to Lerai… then it was possible they knew something. The fact that I could no longer bring them in on Predator Disease suspicion alone was frustrating. But perhaps… even if I couldn’t help them now, I could still get information. We had to get ahead of whatever the Humans were planning. At any cost. “...Let’s go,” I said to my squadmates. And I began to follow after the Venlil. But when I didn’t sense my squad coming with me, I looked over my shoulder. They were sharing a glance with each other. Eventually, they looked up at me. “Uh, sir? What are we going to do?” Teska asked. “Isn’t it obvious?” I replied. I continued walking; I had work to do, whether they followed or not. “We’re going to find out what’s really going on.” ++++++++++ Memory transcription subject: Lerai, Venlil Fighter ++++++++++ Where are they…? Vyrlo and I were sitting on a bench right outside a local grocer in the Human district. There wasn’t much to the place; it was a bit pricier than the market proper, but it was close, so the Humans paid for the convenience. I suppose the shop owner had to be Human-facing to be working out here, let alone selling produce to predators. But notably, we were one Hiyla and one Dad short. I’d expected them to beat us here. “...You don’t suppose they’re inside, do you?” Vyrlo asked, pushing himself to his feet. “Stars, I hope not…” I’d feel like an idiot. But as the Yotul poked his head inside the shop to check, only to flick his ear in the negative, I started to worry. They wouldn’t have forgotten… did something happen? Vyrlo must have noticed my concern, because he looked at me sympathetically. “Don’t worry, they’ll come,” he said. “They might just be running late over something simple.” “I hope so…” We waited silently for a little while longer, yet we still saw no sign of them. Should I go looking for them? I suppose Vyrlo could stay here while I look around… ugh, or I might be overthinking this… Suddenly, I heard Vyrlo’s stomach growl. “Mmf… I haven’t eaten since first-meal,” Vyrlo groaned. He turned back towards the store. “I’m going to grab a snack. Do you want anything?” “Uhh…” I wasn’t hungry, but I should probably eat something. “If they have any halofruit, I’ll have one. Thanks.” “Of course. I’ll be back in a scratch.” He went inside, and I was left alone with my worries. I looked up and down the street, but saw nothing but Humans. Occasionally, I’d see an anxious-looking Venlil or other fellow prey—the Humans were slowly starting to gain acceptance after all—but none of them were the ones I was hoping to see. …Wait, I’m stupid. I can just call them. Mentally headbutting myself, I pulled my pad out of my pack and navigated to the call function. But as I was scrolling for Dad’s contact, I suddenly received a message from Hiyla. I couldn’t help but breathe a sigh of relief. Getting a text at all meant that they were probably fine, just running late. But as I read the sparse message, my first reaction was confusion… confusion that quickly gave way to sheer terror. It only contained two things: her current location, about three blocks away… and the word “help.” HIYLA! Without a second thought, I shot to my feet and charged down the sidewalk, very nearly crashing into several Humans as I followed the map to her last listed coordinates. ++++++++++ Memory transcription subject: Vyrlo, Yotul Trainee ++++++++++ I walked out of the store, rifling through the little biodegradable fruit baggie for Lerai’s shiny fruit. “Alright, here you–” I looked up, the fruit still in my paw. The bench was empty. “Wh-...” Confused, I looked up and down the street. But she was nowhere to be seen. I’d barely been gone a scratch… …Well, perhaps she just had to run to the restroom or something. No reason to assume the worst. With a nonchalant ear-flick to myself, I took a seat on the bench and swapped the halofruit for my own little carton of starberries. I idly popped a few in my mouth and chewed while I watched people pass by. I’m sure it’s fine. She’ll be back any moment now. … Right? ++++++++++ FIRST | PREVIOUS | NEXT Support me on Ko-Fi! submitted by /u/Nidoking88 to r/NatureofPredators [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
Nidoking88 |
Jan 27, 2025 |
|
VENLIL FIGHT CLUB 31
Credit goes to u/SpacePaladin15 for the universe, obviously. Credit also goes to u/Alarmed-Property5559 for proofreading this chapter, u/Easy_Passenger_4001 for my sweet cover art, and u/AlexWaveDiver for the VFC theme. Thanks! Also thanks very much to u/FrostedScales for this art of Lerai and Hiyla, and u/Guywhoexists2812 for this cute pixel art! FIRST | PREVIOUS | NEXT Support me on Ko-Fi! CW: MENTIONS OF EMOTIONAL ABUSE ++++++++++ Memory transcription subject: Lerai, Venlil Gardener Date [standardized human time]: December 18th, 2136. ++++++++++ My family sat on either side of me, their ears and tails clearly giving away their worry. How horrible I’d been to lie to them like this. All I could do now was give them the whole truth, and accept whatever consequences might follow. My tail wrapped around my own body, as I tried to build up the courage to confess. What would they think? Knowing I was some kind of violent freak? That I was the very kind of person meant for the facilities? They were my family, and they loved me, but what I was about to tell them… it felt like some kind of great sin. But in truth, this was my own fault. It was my decision to not tell them before things spiraled out of my control. Now it was time for me to harvest all that I had planted. I took a deep breath. “The place I go to… isn’t just some normal place to build strength. There’s more to it than that,” I began, staring at the floor as I spoke. “It’s a place where the humans teach what they call ‘martial arts.’” “Martial arts…” Hiyla muttered. “So Zettis and Haoyu were right…” Barely a scratch into the explanation and already I found myself paused. “Wait, what? You knew?” “I-I wasn’t totally sure… Zettis went back to try to help that day in the park, when we saw the exterminators. He saw you, and told both of us. Haoyu was the one who gathered the berries together.” “...I-I see… Stars, you must hate me, then.” “No, I don’t!” she bleated immediately. “Haoyu said that you’d probably be learning something like that to protect Dad and me! I-I admit, the idea frightens me a little bit… but you’d learn something like that for us! With predators! How can I think you’re anything other than cool?!” I found myself taken aback at her words. I had kind of been expecting her to be a little more accepting than Dad, given her own proximity to Humans. But still, she made my hobby sound so noble. It certainly wasn’t how I felt about it now. At a certain point, I’d started doing it more because it made me feel good. Still, though, I couldn’t stop myself from being a little touched by her words. She probably just didn’t truly understand. “W-Wait, I’m lost in the Night here,” Dad interrupted. “Martial ARTS? I don’t understand. I get it’s not a normal gym, but what does art have to do with any of it?” “It took me a little while to understand myself,” I admitted. “But essentially, it’s a… stars, how do I even put it…?” How was I supposed to explain something like this to someone with no point of reference? “I think my coach put it best. It’s about growing in mind, body, and spirit. But the way they do it… is through combat.” “...C-Combat?” Dad muttered, his ears high and eyes wide. He considered the prospect, and his tail went still. “W-Wait… y-you don’t mean…” “Yes. I’ve been learning how to fight for the past two solar cycles.” “...Oh, stars guide me…” Dad breathed, burying his face in his paws. “S-So these injuries, if the exterminators weren’t entirely responsible, then…!” I swallowed. “...This paw, I had my first match. I fought a Human.” Dad practically choked. “Y-Y-You… f-fought a predator?” I flicked an ear, and he groaned in stress, practically tugging at his ears as his paws pushed up and across his own face. “Oh, my stars… i-it was real? Wh-What the Federation said…! The Humans are predator predators–” “No!” I bleated immediately. “I-It’s not whatever you think it is! I-I had the same thoughts too, before I joined. But they don’t succumb to violence or anything! And do all this stuff to make sure it stays safe. There’s padding and rules, and… I don’t know how else to explain it, but it’s not really about the violence. It’s more about spirituality, and growing as a person. But, yes. This paw, I put what I learned into practice. Or, I tried…” “Uh, S-Sis, no offense, but… how are you alive?” Hiyla asked. “I-I know they’re different predators, but… that Vince guy looked like he could tear me apart super easily.” Her words earned another groan from Dad. “W-Well, I didn’t fight him. I fought someone else, more my size.” Hiyla paused, maybe envisioning the scenario. She shuddered a bit. “...Did you win?” “No, I froze up. More than once. I wasn’t expecting to win anyhow, though.” “...Y-You promised me…” Dad muttered. “You said you’d tell me if the Humans ever made you do something dangerous.” I looked away. For some reason, admitting this felt harder than anything else I’d said so far. “...They didn’t force me. Someone asked to fight me, and I agreed.” “...You agreed, of your own volition, to fight a predator?” I simply flicked an ear. “...But…” His paws gesticulated wildly and ears swiveled as he tried to gather his thoughts. I didn’t blame him, this was definitely a lot to process. “Why?” “Because I love it!” I admitted. I stood suddenly, and began to pace. “I-I love this feeling it gives me! I love learning how to fight! Learning how to punch, and kick, and defend, and practicing and honing it, and taking it all and pitting it against someone strong and giving everything I have to do something that should be impossible for someone like me, it… it makes me feel alive!” Both Dad and Sis were stunned into total silence by my outburst, but I couldn’t stop rambling. “A-And that scares me! I-I’m not supposed to feel this way! I started learning it as a last resort in case someone attacked either of you or I was given no other option, but I never wanted to hurt anyone! I don’t know why I feel like this, and no one can give me a straight answer! The Humans think it’s fine, but they’re predators, so I don’t know if what they’re telling me makes sense for a Venlil. And I thought it might be Predator Disease, but now I’m not even sure that that exists, and there’s probably not a single Venlil alive who can tell me otherwise who hasn’t had it forced out of them by the facilities!” “Lerai…” Dad muttered. His features had changed to those of sympathy. Still, the words were just tumbling out of my mouth. “I… I don’t know what to do! No one truly understands, so no one can help me! I probably sound completely brahking crazy just trying to explain it! I must sound like a predator!” “Sis, that’s stupid!” Hiyla suddenly bleated. My pacing stopped, having been forcefully pulled out of my stampeding rambles. “W-What?” “I said that’s stupid! Who cares if it makes you feel predatory? Being a predator doesn’t matter! Haoyu’s a predator, and he’s one of my best friends! There’s just good and bad people, and I know you’re not some bloodthirsty Arxur soldier.” Thrown out of my spiral, I considered her words. Slowly, moss-covered gears began to grind inside my head. “...Oh, my stars… that’s it, isn’t it? I-I’m afraid that being excited about fighting makes me some kind of predator. All this, and I’m… I’m still thinking in the Federation’s terms…!” Hiyla tilted her head. “You don’t like all this fighting stuff because you get to hurt people, do you?” I recoiled at the thought. “N-No! Not at all!” “So then there’s no problem. If you’re upset that you lost, just try again!” “It doesn’t matter!” I countered. “It’s not that simple! Yeah, thinking back, I’m kind of upset I lost. But more than that, I’m upset because trying to do this thing I love without going overboard feels impossible! I don’t want to hurt people, but… but there’s this feeling, or something else deep inside me, that comes out whenever I practice. And it’s like it takes over sometimes, a-and I can’t stop it! Th-that paw when I went with Vyrlo and his friends out for drinks, and that drunk harassed us… h-he attacked Karpo, and before I could even think, he was on the ground! And it turned out okay that time, but what if it happens again? What if I go further next time, because I have no self-control! What if some exterminator traps me or one of you and I kill them?! I-I–” I let out an involuntary breath, and collapsed back on the couch. It felt like all my fears were collapsing in on me all at once like a game of Fortress, and I hunched forward, crushed by the weight. “I don’t know what to do…” I keened, as the thoughts flooded my mind. I still thought my friends were born evil! After all they did for me! What if I turn on my family? I-If I ever hurt either of them, I’d… Am I supposed to do this forever? Just… have everyone only know half of me? Gormin was right. The exterminators were always right! I-I’m… “After all this… I’m…” I’M A MONSTER. I’M SCARED. I SHOULD BE IN A FACILITY. I DON’T DESERVE A HERD. I’LL NEVER BE AS STRONG AS MOM. Weak. WEAK! “...I’m still weak.” For a moment, both of them were silent. Neither seemed to know what to say? And how could they? What could they say or do to help me? In the end, this was my burden to bear. Dad simply rubbed my back as I cried softly, and Hiyla leaned in, nuzzling me with her forehead. Everything felt muted, gray, and numb. The only thing I could feel was the pit of dread in my chest. That it had all been for nothing. Eventually, though, Dad pulled his gaze from me to stare straight ahead. He seemed to be mulling something over in his head. Then he stood. “Wait here,” he said. And he wandered off, opening the door to the backyard and stepping outside. Despite my misery, I couldn’t help but be a little curious. What was he doing? While I waited, Hiyla laid down across my lap. “I’m not afraid of you, you know,” she said. “...You should be…” I forced out. “Just because you can hurt someone, it doesn’t mean you’re gonna. Haoyu’s a real predator and he’s not gonna hurt me.” I chuffed a bit in a muted amusement. “I wish it was that simple.” “And I wish you would stop overcomplicating stuff,” she said, bapping me on my cheek with her tail. “I told you before, you don’t need some big reason to like something. Like, I do think learning to fight is kinda crazy, yeah. I probably couldn’t do something like that; a lot of prey probably couldn’t. But that just makes the fact that you’re doing it even cooler. If you like it, just do it.” Before I could respond, Dad returned from the backyard. In one paw he held a bottle of alcohol and two shot glasses, and in the other was something wrapped in cloth. He sat back down next to me, placing the bottle and the glasses on the tea table in front of us. Curiously, I studied the label. Old Rekan Triple… even to Venlil, this stuff’s practically a cleaning solution. He kept the cloth at his side. With a grunt, he pulled off the cap and poured himself a shot. “Sorry, this isn’t because of you,” he said, before downing the amber liquid. His eyes widened and his ears flapped as the liquor hit him. “Want some?” he asked, offering me the bottle. I considered the offer. “...Brahk it,” I eventually muttered, taking the bottle and the other glass. No offer was made to Hiyla, as the alcohol content was too high to be legal for her age. Still, I poured and drank, almost coughing as the harsh burn filled my mouth. “Remember when we were watching the holo together a few paws ago? We saw that news story about the facilities closing down,” Dad said, staring straight ahead. I placed the bottle back on the table, my ears waggling confusedly. Where was this coming from? “Umm… y-yeah? What about it?” “You asked me how I felt, and I told you I didn’t know. But really, I felt… numb,” he sighed. He took the bottle and poured himself another shot. But didn’t drink it, simply holding it in his paws. “Maybe I should have felt happy, but… that place shutting down doesn’t change what happened. Not to me, to us… to anyone who had to suffer through it.” He simply stared straight ahead for a moment, looking at something I couldn’t see. “...The paw I arrived at the facility…” he muttered. My eyes and ears went wide and high. “I was confused, and scared. But more than that, I was determined. You’d just turned fifteen, flowerbud, and you were a legal adult, but you were still young and inexperienced. I was afraid the world would be too much for you, especially since you’d have to take care of your sister alone with your mother gone. So I decided I’d be compliant and take whatever treatment they gave me. Because I had to get out as quickly as possible, and get back to you two. Still, I was scared. I figured I was probably going to wither up a bit before I was out. We’ve heard rumors about the things that happen in those places, especially after Dawn Creek. Shock therapy, all kinds of mind-altering drugs… the kinds of things that people think are harsh, but necessary. And there was some of that there, yes. But… that wasn’t all I experienced.” He drank the shot, and reached out for the bottle again. “The first thing they did… was give me a mask. It was this otherwise featureless digital screen that could display different things, with a mouth covering that could be retracted by the guards solely for mealtimes. They locked it onto my face, and from the paw I entered until the paw I left, it was never removed. I worked with it, I ate with it, and I slept with it… well, what little sleep they allowed, anyway.” “A mask…?” That seems like such an odd thing… “But, why?” “It was part of their treatment. See…” He grimaced, and poured himself another shot. “They do things… differently at the Starlight Grove facility. The stated purpose of the facilities, in general, is to rehabilitate prey back into proper herd behavior. But they take that idea to its logical conclusion. See, it wasn’t just me who had a mask… it was everyone. All the patients, all the guards, all the doctors… Everyone wore that same mask. And the screen almost always displayed the same thing. Just two nondescript white prey eyes.” My ears pinned back as I listened, and Hiyla’s did the same. Forget treatment, this sounded like some sort of… I don’t know, religious cult thing. “W-Wait, so… how could you tell who was who?” “The staff would have some other identifying feature. Lab coats, guard equipment, and what have you. But my fellow patients? The best you could tell was species. Nothing else.” He shuddered involuntarily. “All of us were forbidden from using our names. If we used our name, the mask would shock us. If we used someone else’s name, it would shock both of us. The staff didn’t even have to hear us use it; they had a database of every name of every patient in the facility, and the mask itself was trained to our voices. It was our warden, and it was with us at all times. We were given no numbers, or any other identifiers, and we couldn’t give ourselves or each other any new names, either. Didn’t stop many from trying. And if that wasn’t enough, the mask would also change our voices while the mouth covering was in place, to match everyone else’s. So everyone had the same voice, too. The only time the covering was removed, during meals, we weren’t allowed to speak.” “But that’s–” “Hang on, I’m not done,” he interrupted. He paused to take a deep breath. “We were also forbidden from talking about our lives outside the facility. Again, it didn’t stop many from trying, especially during moments when we were alone in our cells.” He looked into the middle distance. “I wonder how my cellmate is doing. I still don’t know exactly who they were… it was a Venlil, with a pretty common coat color. He could be out by now and I’d never recognize him.” “Wh… but…” Hiyla stammered confusedly. I could see her working herself up into a rage with curt little tail flicks, and frankly, I was starting to feel it too. “WHY!? I-I mean… how does that even work? If they needed to call you for something, how did they even do it?” “The staff still knew who everyone was. I think the masks had digital IDs we weren’t privy to, so the doctors and guards could tell who was who. But we couldn’t. If they wanted to call on me for something, they’d point to me. At most, I would be called “you.” If I got confused, or assumed they were talking about someone else and didn’t respond, I’d be shocked for failing to comply. Though of course, the mask wouldn’t shock the staff if they slipped up. And as for the why, well… because that was the treatment.” “What…” My anger, and my confusion, only grew. “What were they hoping to treat…?” “Well, anti-herd behavior, obviously.” He took another shot. His snout was starting to bloom orange… but even as strong as Old Rekan Triple was, it’d take a lot more to make him incoherent, or truly drown the pain. “Think about it. What is anti-herd behavior? By definition, it’s ‘anything that stands out from the herd.’ If there’s four people in a herd, and three think red is the best color and one thinks green is the best, well, is that odd one out not exhibiting anti-herd behavior? The Starlight Grove facility seeks to remove all problems like that. So, how do you do it? How do you make everyone truly equal, so no one person stands out from the herd even the tiniest bit?” “Well…” I paused as I considered the thought. I guess… if I really took the idea to its furthest conclusions, I could see what he was getting at with his example. But that was still ridiculous. Who cared what color was best? … Wait… no. That couldn’t be. It’d be ridiculous. But as I thought about it further within the framing that Dad had provided, so too did the dawning horror rise. They couldn’t seriously be trying to… I was afraid to hear the answer, but I asked anyway. “W-Wait… s-so the thing they were trying to treat was…” And he flicked an ear. “My very self.” … I didn’t… how was I supposed to respond? I could only stare in mute terror. Or was this fury? Hiyla clearly couldn’t figure out what to say either. “But… that’s…” she stammered. Dad simply sighed, and took another shot. “If you were caught breaking the rules—calling people by nicknames, for example—you would be marked. Your mask would change from the white prey eyes, to forward-facing red predator eyes like the Arxur’s, for a length of time depending on the severity of the punishment. We were encouraged to call out rule-breaking and get others marked, in exchange for rewards like better food, getting to skip certain shock therapy sessions, or even simply giving off the appearance of complying with the program and potentially getting out faster. And the moment someone’s mask changed, every single other patient was expected to treat you like the danger to the herd you were. Usually, it meant ostracization. Less and worse food, and no assistance during herd therapy, which was a whole basket of rotten fruit in and of itself. But it also meant you were a target for predator behavior therapy.” “A-A target…?” He flicked an ear. “It could happen at any time, for any reason, to any marked person. The instant the call went out, we were all expected to drop whatever we were doing and meet wherever they demanded. They were common; there were always at least a few marked people at any given time. If everyone was following the rules, they’d make up excuses to mark someone. And when we all met up, and we were staring down whatever unfortunate soul had had the therapy called upon them… every single one of us had to take turns just screaming at them. Any horrid, vile vyalpic you could think of. Maybe three or four of us at a time, right in their face. If you didn’t participate, you were marked, and the vitriol would instantly turn to you.” He looked at his open paws, flexing the digits. “They would tell us it was a way to demonstrate the strength of the herd. All of us, against lone predators who had no one. It showed the supposed weakness of individuality against a perfect herd. But really, I think it was so we could get out our frustrations. At first, I just did it so I wasn’t next. Soon, though, I was screaming for real, turning all my pent-up anger towards whatever poor guy had to take it. Emotional outlets were rare there.” “But…” Hiyla stammered. She shouldn’t have to hear something like this. “H-How… how do they get away with this…? Why do the exterminators let something like this exist? Y-You can’t be the only person to have gotten out! Why hasn’t anyone said anything?! W-Why didn’t MOM say anything! Sh-She would’ve…” Dad’s ears pinned against his head. “I don’t think they tell anyone outside the ones at the top much. Your mother was a senior exterminator, but I think that’s not really high enough. Still, I think she had her suspicions that things weren’t right… you know how she always used to argue for gentler treatment for Predator Disease patients, especially after Dawn Creek. If anything, I suspect that could be why she was never promoted to Prestige. If she had found out, no doubt she would have taken it to the press. And as for the others…” He let out a bitter huff of a laugh. “Well, it’s simple. People haven’t said anything because it sounds insane. I mean…” He reached for the bottle again, but hesitated, and soon instead firmly placed the shot glass on the table. “I’m explaining it to you, and you two might believe me, because you’ve seen the end results. But someone on the outside? They wouldn’t believe anything that I or another survivor would say, because they didn’t experience it. It sounds ridiculous from the outset. The herd could do something like that? Impossible. If anything, such ramblings would be considered either the bitter remarks of someone who didn’t like the program, or worse, evidence of a relapse.” …Is it that simple? I-I mean… it’s true I find it hard to believe, but… “But that’s– No! Someone should still do something!” I argued. “Someone has to know! I-I know the facility’s shutting down, but what about all the people that worked there! Are they just going to get away scot-free? D-Does the Magistrate know about this? Does Andel?” “It’s likely… It’s kind of confusing, but Andel only decides the policy of the guild and its exterminators. The facilities are technically a joint venture between the acting Chief Exterminator and the Magistry of Health. There’s some idea about letting the experts handle issues of healthcare in that regard. But our current Magister, Ilsum, is known for being a bit of a pushover. It’s possible Selgin is making most of the decisions… Still, I doubt Andel knows nothing. Maybe his upcoming bill is meant to alleviate some of the pressure.” “But…” That doesn’t feel like nearly enough. “They… they did all that to you…” Th-This could’ve happened to me… to anyone… “Oh, flowerbud…” He reached out, wiping away tears that I hadn’t realized had begun to form. “Look, I’m sorry. I’m not trying to make this about me, or make you upset. I’m telling you all this because I want you to understand. The things I went through… they were designed to chop me down, and then grow me back up in the Federation’s perfect image. And to some extent, they succeeded. I remember the paw I was released… You two came to get me and take me home. Yet the entire ride home, I couldn’t say your names. Every time I thought to, I’d stop myself, fearing a shock… It took me a while to even get used to using your old little nicknames from when you were little. And for paws and paws after that, I'd get irrationally angry at people who were just being individuals. Sharing different opinions or enjoying their own lives.” My eyes widened in realization. Now that he mentions it… he only started calling me “flowerbud” again after he got out. “Ever since that time, I’ve felt like…” his ears swiveled as he tried to find the right words. “Like I was nothing. Like the person I was before all of that happened just… didn’t exist anymore. Some paws, I found myself wondering ‘is this real? Is this really my family? My home? Or is it someone else’s, and I’m just some sort of imposter?’ And it was only made worse by the fact that I couldn’t help you with your own problems. I would think ‘could the person from before have done something?’ It took me a while to even accept that some of my memories were my own.” Suddenly, I felt his tail wrap firmly around my own. “But what has truly helped me more than anything, what’s given me strength… has been you, flowerbud.” “...M-Me…?” I stammered. That was an obvious lie. How could someone as weak as me have helped him with something like that in any way? But he flicked an ear, his features completely sincere. “For the past two solar passes, I’ve seen you change so much. You’ve grown from a depressed, anxious girl into a wonderful woman full of confidence. Every paw you’ve come home, exhausted, but with the highest ears I’ve seen in cycles. And every time I see you working your hardest… it makes me want to try. To take another step forward. To be a little bit better the next paw. In a lot of ways, you remind me of your mother.” “Of Mom…?” “Oh, my stars, you’re so much like her,” he laughed. “You have her courage, her drive, her kindness, her tendency to try to shoulder everything by herself… Even in ways like this! Trust me, flowerbud, she had her moments of weakness too. She always tried to protect this town on her own, and ran herself ragged in the process. And she was scared of things sometimes too!” I blinked away tears. “N-No way. Mom was… she wasn’t afraid of anything.” “Oh, on the contrary! She was brave, but she had her moments where I’d need to give her some extra courage. She never wanted you to see those… she would tell me she wanted to appear unflappable to you two, so that you could be confident knowing she had your backs.” “Mom did that?” Hiyla asked. He flicked an ear. “But in other ways, you’re different from her, flowerbud. She was often boisterous and proud, whereas you have more of a quiet kindness. But that’s okay! It just makes you, you.” He reached out, and put both paws on my shoulders. “Look, you’re right. I don’t truly understand what you’re going through, in the same way that my words alone can’t properly express what I went through. Frankly, I find the whole idea of what you’ve described utterly terrifying. But I get that you’re afraid, and unsure about where to go from here. So let me tell you something that your mother taught me, and something that you reminded me of long after I forgot it.” He took a deep breath, and looked me right in the eye. “Lerai, we’re Venlil. We feel fear, and that fear keeps us alive. It kept ME alive, in that place. But that fear… it doesn’t have to define us. The way the Federation would have it, ALL of us would be afraid; defined by our fear of anything they deem predatory. But if you ask me, they’re the ones who are truly afraid. Because they know… that all of us can be more than what they tell us we have to be, if only we let ourselves. We can be brave, confident, strong… Like you told me, anyone can be anything.” “D-Dad…” He shook his head. “Listen. I’ve often heard you say that you want to be like your mother. And if that’s truly the person you want to be, that’s fine. But what would really make me happy would be for you to find your own strength. Find for yourself what the Federation would keep from you. And never let them take it. And if you find yourself scared while you search for it, that’s okay! You don’t have to do this alone. Hiyla and I, and all your friends, will be here to support you.” “Yeah!” Hiyla agreed. “Sis, I never would have been brave enough to have a Human for a friend if you hadn’t helped me. Mom didn’t do that, you did! So who cares what other people say you’re allowed to like! Just have fun doing what you enjoy, it’s fine! I know you’re not gonna go crazy and hurt someone. No matter what you think, I know you’d never do that. So it’s okay to be scared, just… don’t let that stop you. Any way I can help, I will.” “S-Sis… I…” I couldn’t believe what I was hearing. BOTH of them… weren’t just willing to accept me, but support me? The weakling? The monster? “Here, look at this,” Dad suddenly said. He reached for the cloth that was sitting at his side. I’d totally forgotten about it. It was gently unwrapped, and as the item it concealed was revealed, I saw… Wait, this is…! In his paws was a tiny statuette, about as big as his paw. And it depicted a Venlil performing a well-made kick. “I saw you once in the yard, doing this dance,” Dad said. “I was in the shed. I didn’t know what to think at the time… I was confused, and worried… but I also saw you so happy. I wouldn’t want you to quit something that makes you feel like that, even if I don’t understand it. But I carved this after I saw it… and some paws, when I’m feeling low, I’ll pull it out of the drawer and look at it. Try to draw from its strength.” “W-Wait…” I whimpered. What was this feeling? “S-So you knew too? This whole time? Both of you…?” “Not the whole story, but I knew something was strange, yes. Having heard the truth now, I could understand why you wouldn’t want to tell me, even if it hurts a little,” he replied, his ears falling just the tiniest bit before raising again. “But more importantly, let me tell you something, flowerbud… no, both of you.” He looked between us. “You are my strength. You always have been. Even in that place, the thought of coming home to you two was my one little ray of sunlight through the canopy. And now, seeing you two grow to greater heights than I ever thought possible has been an absolute joy. And I doubt either of you are even done!” He placed the little statuette down on the table. “You once asked me if you could ever be as strong as your mother. But I know… you two can be even stronger. So don’t go calling yourself weak, okay? I won’t allow it.” “Yeah! No more being mean to yourself!” Hiyla bleated, pulling me into a hug. “But, But I…!” My vision was starting to blur with tears all over again. Why am I listening to them?! I-I’m weak…! I… I can’t be…! On my other side, Dad joined the hug. “I’m so proud of you.” “I…!” I broke down. My arms wrapped around my family, and the tears flowed freely as I cried. Relief, joy, and happiness all flooded into me all at once, as the storm in my mind cleared and the thoughts went quiet. Everything felt lighter, and the world suddenly seemed more colorful. I couldn’t believe this. I didn’t feel like I deserved their support. I’d lied to them! And still, they…! “I-I”m sorry!” I squeaked through the sobs. “I’m so sorry! I-I shouldn’t have hid this from you two! I-I’m such an idiot!” “Hey! I just said no more being mean to yourself!” I squeaked again, this time in amusement, while wiping away my tears. “Y-You’re right! B-But still…!” “Well, it’s not like we said anything either,” Dad said. His own eyes were wet. “I mean, stars above, I had no idea you knew, little blossom.” “What was I supposed to say? ‘Oh, hey, by the way, I know my sister’s deepest secret that would probably put her in a facility if anyone found out?’ That’d go super well.” “Point taken. Well… why don’t we all agree to not hide stuff like this anymore, okay?” “I promise,” I said sincerely. “I, um… th-thank you. Both of you…!” “What’s it like, sis?” Hiyla asked curiously. “Do you fight predators every day? How do you not die?” “N-No, not every day. Honestly at least half of it really is just regular workout stuff. But other times, I learn how to punch or kick, or even grab someone in a way where they can’t fight back, and I practice so I can do it well. I-I’d love to show you!” “Not right now, please. No offense, flowerbud, but I’ve had enough terror for one paw,” Dad joked. “Still, though, I think I’d like that. I’m getting better around Humans, especially when they’re unmasked. While we’re on the topic of confessions, I’ve… had an offer for an interview at the refugee buildings for a little while. But I wasn’t sure if I should take it. Not just because of the Humans, but because, I mean, I’m a little scared to go back out into the world. I still sort of flinch when I hear my own name…” “I’ll help you,” I said immediately. “Anything I can do. Getting you used to Humans, helping you get comfortable outside, anything you need.” “Me too! I, uh… Oh! Maybe you could meet some of my other Human classmates? I don’t know them very well, but they’d be smaller, so maybe it’d be easier for you. I bet they’d help!” “Oh, you two… thank you.” He stood and stretched. “Come on. Why don’t we make last-meal? All this emotion has taken a lot out of me.” “Oh! Oh! I have a new recipe I want to try!” Hiyla bleated excitedly, scrambling off the couch. “Haoyu’s mom shared this recipe for these noodle things! It’s actually kinda like how you make strayu. I bet we could make it with ipsom powder!” “Well, flowerbud, we’re gonna need you to knead the dough, then,” Dad called from the pantry, emerging with a bowl and a bag of powder in his paws. “Coming!” I called. I stood and joined them, feeling like the luckiest Venlil alive. And the house was filled with bleats and whistles of merriment. ++++++++++ Ugh… no, not like that… I lay on the couch, resting, along with my family in a big pile of wool while old holofilms played on the projector. The dishes had been cleared and the leftovers put away. We’d made a lot of noodles… In truth, I would have rather been outside trying to practice for real, especially now that I no longer needed to hide the specifics of my hobby. But I was still exhausted from the events of the paw, and so I instead decided to take it easy for a little while. That didn’t mean I was being completely idle, though. I wasn’t really paying attention to the film. I kept thinking about the match, running through it over and over again in my mind. Not about how I’d frozen up, but just general mistakes I’d made throughout. Hits I shouldn’t have taken, attacks I could have performed better, and things I’d done right. My biggest issue was my defense; my lack of depth perception made it harder for me to see an incoming strike. There had to be some way to fix that, if only a little bit… …Wait, maybe… Laying on my back, I held up a paw in front of me, tracking it with one eye as I moved it into different positions. Wait, is this why Vyrlo’s style does this? Hmmm… Well, there’s only one way to test it. I reached out for my pad on the tea table, where it sat next to Dad’s little statuette. I couldn’t quite reach it, but Hiyla, noticing my struggle, passed it over to me. Taking the pad, I opened the Bleat messenger app and began typing out a private message. TwilitFloret: Hey, Rika. Are you awake? I waited for a little while, but didn’t receive an answer. It was right as I was starting to give up that I saw the text bubble indicating she was writing a reply. Still, it took another few scratches before I received an answer. eternal_edelweiss: hey eternal_edelweiss: heard what happened from vince. you alright? TwilitFloret: I’m better now, thank you. eternal_edelweiss: that’s good There was a brief pause between messages. eternal_edelweiss: look, i’m sorry about getting upset TwilitFloret: Wait, please. Don’t say anything. eternal_edelweiss: ??? TwilitFloret: I’d like to speak with you in person, if that’s alright. We can talk then. Meet me at the gym next paw at the usual time. eternal_edelweiss: ok. that’s fair TwilitFloret: Thanks. And Rika? eternal_edelweiss: yeah? For a moment, I hesitated as my digits hovered over the interface. I was still scared. But that was okay. I wouldn’t let it stop me. Not anymore. I took a deep breath, and typed my reply. TwilitFloret: I want a rematch. ++++++++++ FIRST | PREVIOUS | NEXT Support me on Ko-Fi! submitted by /u/Nidoking88 to r/NatureofPredators [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
Nidoking88 |
Dec 19, 2024 |
|
The Nature of Predators 181
First | Prev | Next Official NOP Paperback (Chs 1-40) | Patreon | Series wiki | Official subreddit | Discord --- Memory transcription subject: Captain Sovlin, United Nations Fleet Command Date [standardized human time]: April 9, 2137 I wasn’t sure what I imagined human funerary traditions would be like. Not too long ago, before I grew close to the gentle-hearted primates, I wouldn’t have imagined a predator race would hold sincere burials at all. Carlos would be laid to rest in a funeral plot all of us chipped in to pay for, right in Tyler’s backyard of Columbus, Ohio. It was a small ceremony consisting of people who worked with him in the past, and our ship’s crew members, who’d arrived on Earth after a dragged-out journey back from Aafa. Several stops had been made on our voyage home, to unload Kolshian prisoners and drop off passengers at Skalga and Leirn. Per my deceased friend’s wishes, we hadn’t invited his family, despite how heartbreaking that rift was. The quiet ceremony unfolded with little fanfare, and some human religious figure arrived to say a few words. Samantha Harris had made the detour to pay her final respects to her longtime companion. Tyler and Onso were watching a virtual livestream, since the two of them had moved to Leirn for the time being. The apartment had been left into my care, though I was told that “ya gotta pay the rent now, Sovlin. Don’t ya dare get me evicted.” I was surprised by my commanding officer’s decision to move away from Earth, and wondered if it was all for his exchange partner’s sake. Officer Cardona was never coming back to reclaim his dog from his father? Why wouldn’t he want to continue his ramen chef duties, with Hunter and I as roommates? Overall, it felt good to be back on the predator homeworld, but I hated today’s circumstances: knowing that Carlos hadn’t seen the return home with us. His body would be lowered into a hole in the ground, with a simple headstone denoting the years he’d been alive. That was what the one person who’d shown me immeasurable kindness was reduced to. A human priest was reading a passage that stated, “Blessed are those who mourn, for they will be comforted”, before offering words of solace. I knew little about how Terran religions compared to Gojid religions, but that sounded like nonsense. There’s no comfort in a loved one’s death. Just pain, loss, and heartache. Mourning is knowing a person is gone, and they took a part of you with them. Unlike Sam, I’d turned down the opportunity to speak at the funeral; her statement had been a short admission that she missed his kindness. I had no idea what I would’ve said if I stood before everyone, but I could barely bring myself to be at this ceremony and honor Carlos’ life. I could still see the bullet hole in his helmet, and recalled shaking his spacesuit. Too many people that I cared about had been taken in recent months. Ever since the cradle’s fall, terrible events had played out before my eyes, all while I tried to atone for my own hatred. I was grateful that Hunter, Vysith, and Aucel were standing beside me, reminding me why I bothered to persist, confront my demons, and seek happier days. Tears rolled down my face, as the funeral drew to a close; I couldn’t wait to bolt from the premises. I thought if I had spoken before the crowd, I would’ve commented about the lessons Carlos taught me on open-mindedness, and understanding opposing viewpoints. That was how I wished to remember him, not as the embalmed corpse locked in a wooden box. We might’ve unseated the Federation, but I’d never forget the costs it had required. Regardless of what my plea deal and my conscience had said, there was nothing left for me to give to any war. I was an old man, who wanted to help his found family navigate their present reality. It was time to make a positive difference in the world, like the humanitarian work Carlos partook in before this all started. That was what the Peacekeepers were truly about, and those were causes that I could put my personal touch on. “Hey, Baldy.” Samantha walked up to me, dabbing at her binocular eyes: watery pupils I’d once thought deceiving, with false emotions. “Wherever our friend is, I hope he’s at peace. Too many burials in too short a time frame. I hope you’ve got something happier on your slate, now that this is over.” I flicked my claws. “I used to think I deserved my suffering. Since I survived instead of Carlos, I’m going to try to find a way to heal myself…and to make a difference in post-war Earth. There’s lots of people like my three younglings here, who could use some guidance. Setting them all up for a bright future is my new mission.” “Fuck, I sure could use some guidance myself. Now that I’m here…I either have to grapple with the fact my home and my family are long gone, or I’ll find a way to ship out. There’s nobody. Not even Carlos. I could live with running off with the UN if he were here.” “There’s no need to leave or go it alone. You can stay here, with us, Sam. You know Earth better than all of us. I know I haven’t been your favorite person, but I care about you. I hate seeing grief tear others apart like it did to me. We can have our own family, a support network, right here.” The auburn-haired soldier forced a smile, before, to my surprise, she wrapped me in a fleeting embrace. “Thanks for offering, but I’m sure as fuck not living with the Yanks. Too much soda, guns, and star-spangled bullshit going on here; it’d make putting up with a racist war criminal not even the worst part.” “That’s not all America is, any more than you’re kangaroos and koalas!” Hunter protested. “Well I like my kangaroos and koalas, and it beats dealing with Sovlin on a daily basis,” Sam responded, pulling away from me. “I’ll be fine. Some time to grieve John…it can’t hurt any worse. Ah, enough about me. Why don’t we say goodbye with some happier news? Like how the fuck you don’t have to uphold those minimum five years of service?” I shifted with discomfort on my paws. “I have Marcel’s blessing; I reached out to him. He wanted me to…get help before, and he still does. If there’s anything I learned, it’s that I’m not predator diseased. I have PTSD. I told the UN the truth, and got a statement from Dr. Bahri advising that I was unfit for combat duty. With the war over, they’re happy for me to fulfill our pact through community service. It’s part of their mission.” “Don’t I know it. I reckon they want to not just rebuild Earth, but forge our cities into true interplanetary hubs. The UN wants multicultural acceptance, where, once they get past the ‘predators scary’ phase, aliens feel welcome. Since you’ve acquired such an…interesting cast, I’m sure you’re up for it. If I heard about an Arxur, a Kolshian, and a 1970s human living together, I’d have thought it was a joke.” Aucel kept me positioned between her and Vysith. “I would have too. You should’ve seen how I reacted when Sovlin told me. Living around a gray…it’s a quick way to get over being disgusted by humans.” “That’s unflattering. My people might be monsters now, but I’m not one of them. I have more in common with the Terrans than the Dominion,” Vysith commented. To say the living arrangement had been awkward at first would be an understatement. Once the United Nations gave the sign-off to Aucel’s asylum, after learning her relation to the heroic Recel, it’d taken a great deal of convincing about how ancient Arxur had been empathetic and civilized. The female Kolshian was more in line with the belief that humans were the exception to the predator rule; I could understand how long that notion took to work through. There was no telling whether she’d seek a use for her botanist expertise now, perhaps cultivating a garden in predator lands. Helping her adjust to Earth, keeping her safe from humans who didn’t like her citizenship, and coaxing her out of this fear, was the least I could do. Sometimes, it just takes time to get over things, and I believe Aucel can come around. She’s learning tolerance for how predators live, at their ugliest, by being here. She has a strong moral compass, and she trusts me. Everything we both believed is gone, but we’ll shape something new. Together. While it was an accomplishment for Aucel to be in the same room as two predators, Vysith and Hunter had both graduated to the next steps of their life. The pre-Dominion Arxur had considered how despondent the other grays found in the Archives were, and decided to set up a support group. With Giznel unseated, the path had opened up for her to join the UN Peacekeepers: something she was leaning toward doing. Her presence on Earth no longer needed to be hidden, because of it being an affront to Betterment. As one of the few members of her species not involved with the atrocities, Vysith could prove Arxur weren’t always monsters to the galaxy. Hunter Garner was still adjusting to present-day culture and technology, with occasional mishaps that reflected his primitive upbringing; however, his fiduciary field of study wasn’t obsolete. When he approached me about delving into xenoeconomics, I thought it was the perfect use of his skillset. All of humanity would be exploring that field from scratch, and he’d proven to be quite absorbent to those concepts. As the United Nations opened its doors for trading, there would always be roles for the numerically savvy. I still thought he should change his name if he wanted to do business with herbivores, but that was a moot point. “While they’re arguing about whether Arxur are disgusting, why don’t you tell Sam your other service?” Hunter slapped me in the back, right on a large, bald patch devoid of spines. I flinched, not used to direct contact there. “To your people.” I groaned, as Sam fixed me with a quizzical glare. “I’d rather not. Sam will make fun of me, and it’s a sore spot.” “I’ll let you in on a secret,” the Australian soldier replied. “I’ll make fun of you no matter what you say, because deep down, you like it. Plus, you owe me for having me call Onso a slur. Spill.” “Ugh, Hunter, now I’m fucked to the Protector’s Cloud! Look, when I talked to the UN, I might’ve gotten them to sign me up for the cure reversal. The first Gojid trials are moving forward this week, and I volunteered. Now, I know what you’re thinking about how I hate being a former omnivore, but this is just about the allergy, like Marcel testified to the SC. If I’m living on Earth, I can’t die from a whiff of your grossness.” Hunter clapped his hands with delight. “We’re going out for burgers after the procedure. Take back that Gojid pride!” “I don’t know how Gojids are rebuilding our culture, and I don’t want to be involved with it. After what happened to the cradle, I doubt it’ll even be recognizable. I’m not proud of my ancestry, even if they were just people. Meat-eaters aren’t monsters, sure, but it’s still sickening. It’s like eating a slab of your…skin!” “You already watch me eat raw, bloody meat,” Vysith commented. “That’s different. You will die without that, and I don’t ‘watch’ you. I purposefully turn away, and I wish you’d go do that in a closed room.” “It takes me all of about two seconds to devour those tiny human cuts. Do I need to isolate myself for basic survival functions, just because I’m a flesh-eater? I understand you may feel uncomfortable watching an Arxur tear into meat, after what you saw with your family, but I don’t wish for you to feel ashamed of me.” Aucel shuddered. “Being around you during mealtime is so…visceral.” “Hey, it’s not her fault that she has fangs that could snap us in half?” I offered, in an uneasy voice. “Though she is terrifyingly capable of killing us with a single bite. It reminds me of certain things.” Samantha rolled her eyes. “And yet our canines were scary. How exactly were we going to bite you, and snap you in half?” “With the power of sass and evil sadism, obviously.” “You make a compelling argument. My sarcasm is a weapon of sass destruction.” “That was a fucking terrible pun,” Hunter griped. “He won’t even get the rhyme through his translator!” “That sounds like Sovlin’s problem. Seriously, Baldy, I’m not gonna make fun of you; I think it’s great you’re getting uncured. I’m not your shrink, but for what it’s worth, I think chowing down on a burger might be a great idea. Not even because you want to switch your diet. One bite is all.” I scowled. “Why the fuck would I do that? I just learned how you get lethal diseases from eating meat!” “All talk to keep you afraid. Our stuff is monitored, and it’s safe. I think you should try meat, just once, to prove the Federation doesn’t have power over you. To prove to yourself that you won’t change or struggle with bloodlust, because you broke your herbivore crap. It’s a way to come to terms with what Gojids really are. Maybe…think about it?” “I don’t know. It’s eating carcasses, even if it’s artificial. I hate what the Kolshians cost my people, and yours, but I don’t know if I’ll ever do something like that.” “I doubt you thought you’d jump out of a predator spaceship to a moon either. Sometimes, you take the leap anyway. You’ve come a long way from wishing we’d all go extinct, and bristling up at the sight of me. I wish you the best of luck, Captain Sovlin. It was an honor to serve alongside you.” “Likewise. Don’t be a stranger, Sam.” My surviving guard ducked her head, awakening me to the reality that I was no longer a prisoner: not to my life, not to my genes, not to my guilt over Marcel and the cradle, not to the United Nations, and certainly not to the Federation. I was free to live my life however I pleased, whether that was down the path of burned flesh patties or not. Hunter’s amber eyes twinkled with affection; to think I once would’ve seen human vision as proof that he was incapable of kindness. There had been a great number of leaps I’d needed to take internally, with everything I ever knew crumbling. Revelation after revelation challenged my certainties and beliefs until none survived. I had come a long way from my first encounter with humanity, savoring an innocent man’s suffering out of misguided vengeance for my daughter. How laughable was it that even after I’d been convinced of humanity’s empathy, I’d believed they were struggling not to pounce on us at a moment’s notice? While my therapist had refuted the existence of Terran bloodlust, I had nagging concerns about Gojid proclivities. After what Maronis told us, it was apparent that such constructs were inventions to keep us afraid of regression…all because of a poor understanding of odd diseases. When I talked to Vysith, even she knew what it was: as an Arxur from hundreds of years ago! The truth is that I don’t understand predators at all, but I know that they’re not defined by their diet. I won’t be defined by that either, anymore. Aucel gazed at Carlos’ casket, as Samantha retrieved a flower and placed it atop the cover. “They associate…beautiful plants with death?” “I don’t know why they do it, any more than why the Venlil decorate their plots with flowering bushes,” I remarked. “I’d guess it’s about making ugly things beautiful. Like why the City of the Flora is so gorgeous…to hide the shadow caste’s ugliness underneath.” “Is that a good thing?” “It depends on what you’re hiding. One is a gesture of love for someone who’s no longer around, perhaps symbolic of life’s fragility. Another is beautifying the oppression of someone no longer around, symbolic of their lies’ fragility. If he was here, Carlos might’ve said it’s our beliefs that make a thing good or evil.” “He must’ve meant a lot to you, to imagine what he would say now. But that only asks the big question about our morality, with the causes forced on us in the past. What do we believe now?” “I believe all of us have suffered enough for one lifetime…that we don’t have to let the wounds of the past hold us back. That the truth about ourselves may not be pretty, but that it can’t be something we run from. And I believe it’s worth trying to build something better.” Vysith lashed her tail. “Something better, hrr? Maybe one day, I’ll find the strength to help my people…and you to help yours. But for now, let’s go home.” “Yeah. We can figure out the future together, Dad. I’ll be ready for anything, as long as I have your support,” Hunter agreed. I ruffled the human’s brown hair, just how I used to with Hania. In that moment, I wasn’t a broken man who’d been grieving his family for years, a captain who’d unraveled his own life’s purpose, or a devastated conscript burying a guard-turned-friend. I was a father who wanted to see his children succeed, no matter what path their lives took. The galaxy’s future under the United Nations could be prosperous, and I couldn’t wait to settle down and watch the future unfold. My life’s intersection with the predators had not only freed me from my past, but like the casket’s flowers, it made my present reality a bit more beautiful. --- First | Prev | Next Official NOP Paperback (Chs 1-40) | Patreon | Series wiki | Official subreddit | Discord submitted by /u/SpacePaladin15 to r/HFY [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
SpacePaladin15 |
Dec 30, 2023 |
|
My city has been cut off from the world and overrun with monsters. I have a set of rules to stay alive. Finally talking about Rule #1 brings the emotional traumas of dealing with assholes and seeing your family get torn apart
It’s me, Eli. Duh. Well, first things first: as some of you noticed, I forgot to include my usual Fuck Caleb in my last post. I didn’t even notice until after I’d shared it, and by then I was too bothered to change it. That’s right; the idea of cursing my least favorite person in the world wasn’t even important enough to edit my post. If that’s not a sign that my mental health is improving, I don’t know what is. Although, to be fair, I have bigger issues to worry about. Like Tristan, for one. After my conversation with him, all I can say is that my mental health made its comeback just in time. If I’d had the same talk with him months ago, before Zoe, I would’ve had a nervous breakdown. You’ll see what I mean when I tell you about it – which I guess means it’s time to tell you about it. So, Tristan said he’d give me info about the elevator if he could talk to me…just me. Specifically, he said: “Fine, I’ll tell you. On one condition. I want to talk to you, Eli. Alone.” Aaaand that’s where I left off. When he said that, Zoe immediately jumped up and said, “Oh hell no! You two would tear each other apart without me in the room!” Tristan acted like he hadn’t even heard her; he never broke eye contact with me. I said nothing right away either since I refused to look away first and let him win our staring contest. But after a minute, I said, “It’s okay. I’ll talk to him.” Still never looked away, though – I was trying my hardest to read whatever emotion was buried deep in his eyes, and miserably failing. His eyes may be the same color as Nolan’s, but the resemblance ends there; Tristan’s seem dark and secretive, nothing like the humor and fun I always saw when I looked at my best friend. Zoe scoffed, but after another minute or so of our silent staring, she seemed to realize we were 100% serious. She sighed and knelt beside us, so that we had no choice but to see her directly in our peripheral vision. First, she looked at me and said, “Don’t be an idiot. Control your temper. He’s not worth it,” seemingly uncaring that Tristan heard her opinion of him. I think she disliked him enough by now that she probably didn’t care. Then she looked at Tristan, and her voice became low and threatening. “As for you,” she said. “Don’t even think about trying anything. If you hurt Eli, I’ll kill you faster than you can rearrange your face into that stupid constipated glare you keep giving him. And if you think I’m exaggerating, just try it and see what happens.” I bit my lip to keep from laughing at the constipated comment, because me bursting into giggles would ruin the intense staring contest Tristan and I both refused to end. But I did say, “I’d listen to her. She’s not exaggerating.” Tristan smirked, the asshole. “Oh, I believe her,” he said. Zoe still shot him a glare as she stood up, but she seemed a bit more at ease. “Eli, I’ll be right outside. If he gives you any trouble, just pound on the door. I’ll either hear it or feel it, because I’m literally going to be sitting right here with my back against this door. Holding my axe.” “Wouldn’t have it any other way,” I said. So, Zoe left, not looking particularly pleased but at least satisfied enough to trust me alone with him. As soon as the door had shut behind her, I pulled out one of my pistols and laid it on my thigh, pointing towards Tristan. Mr. Bailey also settled beside me, paws tucked under him and fur brushing my leg. He was looking right at Tristan, eyes narrowed, but he made no noise. That was probably a good sign, since he usually meowed in the presence of a monster or immediate danger. And now, a full fucking five minutes after it had started, our staredown finally ended. I would like it noted that I am not the one who looked away first; Tristan broke the intense eye contact by leaning back and laughing. I felt both victorious and annoyed, because who did he think he was to laugh right now? He knew Zoe and I were on edge. Rude. “Relax, I’m not gonna try to kill you or something,” he said, gesturing at the gun. “I’m not stupid. I know Zoe would murder me the second I tried to walk out that door. And if I somehow made it past her, her guard monster would tear me to pieces. And I’d like to live long enough to find my brother, so hurting you just wouldn’t be worth it.” “Wow, thanks,” I said, hoping the sarcasm came through loud and clear. “I really appreciate that your only reason for not murdering me is your concern for your own life.” He rolled his eyes. “I wouldn’t kill you anyway. I may not like you, but I’ve never murdered a person. Why would I start now?” I considered this for a moment, and decided he was probably telling the truth. Because while he is an asshole, I don’t think he’s a cold-blooded killer. He’s just the regular, garden-variety kind of asshole, not the kind that goes to jail for federal crimes…I’m pretty sure. Plus, Mr. Bailey was still quiet, simply watching Tristan intently, so for now, I felt okay. “Great,” I said. “But if that’s true, why the hell is your ‘one condition’ talking to me alone?” Now he smirked again, and even though I knew my life wasn’t in immediate danger, my heart still sank, because I could tell that smirk didn’t mean anything good. “I saw your face while you were listening to my story,” he said. “I saw how much it was hurting you. And I know it can’t be because you cared about my parents that much. It was more than that; something that cut a lot deeper. It was obvious.” I stayed silent. There was no way this was going anywhere positive. “You’ve mentioned your family before,” he continued, that awful smirk still on his face. “It wasn’t hard to put two and two together. Me talking about my family was making you remember seeing the death of yours. And it was clearly hurting you to do so.” My heart was beating faster; I swear I could feel the cold metal of the pistol through my pants, and the rush of air through my windpipe. The whole world seemed more intense. “Of course it hurts,” I said. “And?” He settled back in the chair and smiled, though there was no friendliness in that smile. “Well, tell me about it,” he said. “All the details. Tell me everything. How they died, what you saw, how red the walls were. If you’re willing to do that – if you’re willing to relive that pain – I’ll know you’re serious about finding this elevator.” I’ll be honest; I was mad. Mad that he was using my trauma against me as leverage, mad that he was so nonchalant about my family’s deaths. “So, you want me to suffer to…what? Earn the location of the elevator?” “That’s right,” he said, his voice lilting as if he were singing. He was clearly enjoying this. “If you’re willing to suffer, I’ll tell you what I know.” I glared at him, hoping it was as solid a Death Glare™ as he routinely gave me. “And you promise you’re not just stringing me along? You actually remember where you saw the elevator?” He shrugged. “Guess you’ll have to find out, won’t you?” Mr. Bailey hissed, but it wasn’t one of his warning noises, just a pissed-off one. I put a hand on his fur and instantly felt a little better. It was oddly comforting to know that he was pissed off on my behalf. “Fine,” I said, because what choice did I have? We needed to know about that elevator, and though he was toying with me, I was ninety percent sure he did know where it was – he was just being a dick about it because he could. And somehow, the idea of reliving that first day didn’t sound as terrible as it once did. Sure, I didn’t want to, but I felt like I could face it without having a breakdown. Which is a huge improvement, because even thinking about the possibility of reliving it would have sent me spiraling a few months ago. Hell, even one month ago probably. So, shout out to Zoe for improving my mental health. I started talking. And I told Tristan all about watching my family die, and about Rule #1. Yes, the infamous, as-yet-unmentioned Rule #1. You may be disappointed, because it’s nothing spectacular. Probably nothing compared to what you’ve built up in your heads. But it is one that’s important to me, and one that I’ve tried my best to follow. I won’t recount our entire conversation here, because I honestly don’t remember everything perfectly. It’s kind of a blur. But I will recount the same story I told Tristan; if I got through it once, I can get through it again. Not to mention that I’d rather share it with all of you than with that asshole, so if he knows, you all also deserve to. Well, here we go. Without further ado, may I present Rule #1, and the story of my family’s deaths. I would say ‘enjoy,’ but I really don’t think you should be enjoying hearing about the murders of everyone I loved. Don’t be a sick motherfucker like Tristan. Anyway. When this all started, I wasn’t home. It was late Saturday morning; like Tristan mentioned, I was planning to hang out with Nolan later that afternoon. But in the morning, I was working an early shift at Chick-Fil-A. Before you ask, yes, they have some interesting policies for workers, and no, I don’t agree with all their philosophies. I needed a part-time job during my gap year though – partially to save up some money and partially because my mom told me I better find a way to occupy myself if I was taking a gap year – and Chick-Fil-A was the place that offered me a job. (Plus, they do have damn good chicken). So, I worked several shifts there a week, and I volunteered as a coach for a kids’ basketball team in a local youth league. Not a bad way to spend a year. Well, until that day. There I was, nearing the end of my shift – and thank God, because I’m not kidding when I say a lot of people come for Chick-Fil-A breakfast on Saturday mornings. But suddenly I heard a scream from outside. I looked to my coworker – her name was Jen – and said, “Did you hear that?” Her eyes were wide, and she didn’t even get a chance to reply before a woman staggered up to our front window, leaving a bloody handprint on the glass as she slid to the ground, either unconscious or dead. I won’t lie; I thought that she had been shot in a dispute gone wrong, or maybe that she was on drugs or something. I don’t know. But it was a pretty safe part of the city, so I was concerned, but I thought it was a single incident. Jen was already picking up the phone to call emergency services when another woman ran up the front of the shop; this one sidestepped the first woman on the ground and sprinted through our door. She had a gash on her forehead, and her skirt was torn. She was panting heavily, her eyes wild. “Monsters,” she choked out. “Don’t know – what – where – here now – so much death – help – monsters –” Jen screamed at me, “I can’t get through! The line is busy!” and desperately started dialing again. There was nothing I could do there, so I turned to the hysterical woman to try to, I don’t know, comfort her, or get here to clarify what she meant, because she was making zero sense – But it was too late. The words died on my lips. Out on the street I saw my first glances of monsters running past: flashes of teeth, claws, tails. I couldn’t tell you what monsters they were if I tried; it happened so fast that my brain was still struggling to process any of what I was seeing. I also witnessed my first monster killings from behind that cash register; I watched in horror as the fast-moving, inhuman creatures sliced open humans attempting to flee. “Quick, back here!” I called to the woman, but I don’t think she heard me, because at that moment, a monster ran through the big front window full-force, sending glass shards everywhere, and jumped on the woman in the same fluid movement. I’m pretty sure it was a Caleb, but don’t quote me on that. The details of those first few moments are real fuzzy. I ducked down behind the counter out of instinct – I mean, glass shards – and heard her screams and its howls as it killed her. Jen had frozen where she stood over by the dining area; I could see her from my place beneath the counter. I tried gesturing for her to come over, but she didn’t even notice. She just stood there, frozen in fear, and it leapt onto her next. The phone clattered to the floor. People in the dining area were scrabbling to escape as the monster devoured Jen; I hope some of them made it. All I know is that I crawled on my hands and knees through the swinging door and into the kitchen in the back. The three cooks on staff that morning were huddled together in the small office, clustered around the little radio in there. The stovetops and grills were still on; I could smell the chicken burning. But that was forgotten, because suddenly a fire was no longer a large concern, comparatively. I got to my feet and went to stand behind them. On the radio, someone was giving a panicked news update about the city being locked down, and monsters appearing everywhere, seemingly out of thin air – And that’s when my family occurred to me. Cold dread filled my body, like ice had been dumped in my veins. I hadn’t even had time to consider that this was happening anywhere besides this one street, but if it was, my family was in serious danger. It was Saturday morning; my parents and siblings would all be at home, probably having brunch or watching some show or getting ready to go out later, in the case of my sister. And they never put the news on, which means they’d have no idea what was happening until it happened to them. “Oh shit, oh shit,” I said out loud, my heart feeling it might explode. And then I was out of there, sprinting out the back kitchen door, because I had to get to my family, to warn them, to save them. I didn’t know why this was happening, or even what was happening, really, but I knew for damn sure that I didn’t want what had just happened to Jen to happen to my family. Chick-Fil-A wasn’t far from my house; I walked there every day. Ten blocks or so. I ran faster than I have in my whole life, I think, but it still felt like an eternity. Looking back, I don’t know how I didn’t get killed on the way, because I passed monsters killing people everywhere. A mix of common sense and luck saved me, I suspect. Whenever a monster turned in my direction, I’d duck down or hide around the corner; when someone asked me to take her hand, I completely ignored her, because I was in such a rush; when I passed a deli with a big table of food out front, I didn’t even give it a second thought, because free samples were the last thing on my mind. So, yeah. Knowing what I know now, I’m goddamn lucky I was panicked enough to be focused, but not so panicked to totally tune out of my surroundings. I could have been killed by an MJ, or an Ashley, or a Caleb, or a Brent, all in the time it took me to make it from Chick-Fil-A to my house. (For the first few months, I sometimes wished I had been killed then. Because then I wouldn’t have had to see my family die, and if they died, why did I deserve to live? But eventually I realized that was dumb, and me dying then wouldn’t have helped anybody). I turned onto my street, and only a few feet ahead, my neighbor was having his organs ripped out by a Brent – although I didn’t have a name for them then. There was blood everywhere I looked: on fences, splattered across car windshields, pooling in the street. A fair number of monsters too, and already plenty of people dead or dying in grotesque ways. There was no way I could navigate this minefield and survive; my house was another three down. “Fuck, fuck, fuck!” I cursed quietly as I spun on my heel and ran for my neighbor’s backyard. They had a tiny yard enclosed by a short fence; it was easy to make it over the fence, cross the yard, and jump the fence into the next yard in like, twenty seconds. (Not because I’ve had practice coming home after curfew and sneaking back into my house by jumping over my own fence or anything. Obviously, I would never do that). I did this for the next few houses too, and then I was in my yard. The back door was closed – which I expected – but I knew it wouldn’t be locked. We often left it unlocked while we were home, since 1) my mom liked to garden and 2) either me or Justin would be in and out at some point, mowing the lawn or taking out the trash or doing something else tasked to us by our parents. So, I sprinted up to it, adrenaline pumping, heart racing, and ripped the door open. I was crossing the threshold so fast that I banged my shin on the still-swinging door, but I barely even noticed, because what I had entered into was…terrible. The front door was gone, smashed into pieces on the floor; the front windows had all been shattered. All of our living room furniture and kitchen furniture had been upended or broken. But of course, none of that was the worst part. The worst part was the trail of blood leading up the stairs, and the noises I could hear from up there: screams and roars and crashes. It sounded like my family were fighting for their lives. I frantically looked around for a weapon of some kind; the closest possibility was a broken chair leg, which kind of resembled a wooden stake now. I grabbed it and sprinted up the stairs, praying I wasn’t too late and that they were all still breathing. Well, they were still breathing, but I was too late. Turns out those two things weren’t one and the same. The blood splatters led to my parents’ room, the door of which was also ripped off its hinges and laying in the hallway. I leapt over it and was greeted with the sight of all four of my family members, in various states of injury, fighting several monsters. Amber was in the bathroom; I could see her reflection in the mirror from here as she slashed at a Caleb with a kitchen knife. Justin was on the bed, swinging a baseball bat at a Brent (did I mention Justin played baseball? He was really good); my mom was at the edge of the closet, using our broom to make stabs at the same Brent from behind; and my dad had a fucking sword and was basically fencing a second Brent. (Yes, we have a sword in my house. My granddad was in the Navy, and he got a sword when he commissioned. My dad always kept it safely under the bed, wrapped up carefully – until now. It’s supposed to be purely for ornamental and ceremonial purposes, but I guess it still functions as a working sword too. And my dad was wielding it like a champion). As soon as I entered, Justin noticed me and yelled, “ELI!” I only distracted him for a second, but a second was enough. The Brent lunged forward and tore into his chest. I could only watch in horror as Justin crumpled onto the pillows and the Brent followed, ripping out his organs and throwing them onto the blankets. My mom screamed, “NO!” and ran forward with the broom. It all happened so fast. I tried to follow, but there was nothing I could do. The Brent was too quick. It didn’t even turn around; it simply glanced sideways, saw her coming, and reached out its scorpion tail to stab her. It pierced right through her abdomen, all the way through so that it came out her back. I still ran forward, hoping somehow that if I could get her free, it wouldn’t be too late to save her. The Brent seemed to oblige; it pulled the tail back out, satisfied, and went back to snacking on my brother’s liver. My mom fell to the floor, coughing blood and with a gaping hole in her stomach. I sank to my knees beside her. “Mom, mom, no, oh God, mom, I’m so sorry –” I choked out, crying. I dropped the chair leg and tried to press both my hands over the hole, even though I knew somewhere in the back of my mind that it was hopeless. “I can get you out of here, it’s gonna be okay, mom –” It wasn’t okay. Even if I could have somehow fixed the wound itself, the tail is venomous. Not only was my mom now stiffening as the venom paralyzed her, but she’d gotten 100x the dose of a simple sting. She couldn’t even say anything back. Her eyes moved and met mine; she was looking right at me when she died. I don’t know if it was the injury or the venom stopping her heart that actually killed her, but either way, there I was nothing I could do but look back into her eyes and cry as the life left them. I was still kneeling there in shock, feeling numb, when my dad called my name. I could see the pain on his face from here; I knew that not only was he fighting through injury, but that he was fully aware of what had just happened to my mom. I’d never seen the level of sorrow I saw then in his expression, but there was a hell of a lot of determination too. I think he was broken but was forcing himself to shelve it because he still had two kids fighting for their lives who needed him, and he wasn’t losing his entire family without a fight. “ELI!” He called again. “I’ve got this one! Help your sister!” He snapped me out of it. I had to stay strong, for my dad and for Amber – who I could still save – and for my mom and Justin, who would want us to survive even if they didn’t. I picked up the chair leg and ran for the bathroom, where Amber had been cornered in the bathtub. I didn’t make it, though. The Brent devouring Justin had apparently had its fill, because it roared and leapt off the bed, blocking my path. Now keep in mind that this was the monster that had just killed half my family, and it was now trying to stop me from saving the other half, so I was seeing red (and not only literally from all the blood. I mean figuratively. Give me a break). I screamed something totally wordless and incoherent and launched the stake at it like I was throwing a javelin. It hit the Brent in the chest and pierced right through; this was oddly satisfying, given what it had just done to my mom. The Brent howled, stumbled, and then raced out of the room, breaking the doorframe even more in the process. I don’t think I killed it, because I heard it shatter another window downstairs as it left. But I at least hurt it enough to cause it to flee, and that felt like a pretty solid victory. (I also think the only reason that really worked was because I caught it by surprise; it wasn’t expecting a rage-induced javelin-style attack. But hey, I’m not complaining). We were down to two monsters, and suddenly I felt a little less hopeless. I didn’t have a weapon anymore though; trying my hardest not to look at Justin’s mutilated body, I reached across the pillow and grabbed his baseball bat from where it had fallen. It was slick with his blood, and my stomach churned at the smell, but I’d have to manage. This time I made it to the bathroom. Amber was pretty beat up, losing steam, and I could tell she was fading. Luckily the Caleb hadn’t noticed me yet. I climbed up onto the bathroom counter. Right as the Caleb lunged forward for another attack, I leapt off the counter and, as I flew through the air, brought the bat down as hard as I could on the Caleb’s skull. There was a crack and it screeched, collapsing to the floor. It started to get back to its feet – I hadn’t killed it – so I raised the bat to swing again. I didn’t make it. The Caleb reached up and scratched across my stomach from the floor; I gasped in pain and doubled over as blood soaked through my shirt from the long gashes. The Caleb got to its feet, and somehow I found the strength to swing again this time. I hit it square in the neck, and it screeched again as some kind of thick purple liquid began to leak out. And the Caleb scrabbled away, fleeing. (Before you ask, no, I didn’t kill any monsters that day. My first kill was the Caleb in the pet shop a day later, when I was with Mr. Bailey. But yes, the monsters I wounded badly fled. The reason monsters never flee in my more recent adventures is that I figured out how to kill them, and since then, it’s always been my policy to kill them. No mercy. But the monsters would flee if I wounded them badly enough, I think. Or maybe they wouldn’t by this point, since they’ve gotten more aggressive in general. Who knows? I don’t intend to stop going for lethal hits just to find out). I turned back to Amber, feeling victorious, but my heart sank when I saw her. I had been half a second too late; the Caleb had got her on its last lunge. She was sprawled in the bathtub, her leg at a weird angle and blood coming from so many different injuries I couldn’t even tell which had been the last one. She gave me a weak smile and said, “Thanks, Eli,” blood pooling at the corners of her lips. And then her head slumped, and she was gone, and all that was left was her blood against the porcelain, spiraling down the drain. If any Caleb deserves a Fuck Caleb out of all the Calebs I’ve dealt with, it’s that one, for killing my sister (not counting original Caleb, obviously). So, fuck that Caleb. At this point I was numb; despair was threatening to crash over me. But I could hear my dad still fighting behind me, and somehow the adrenaline kept my breakdown at bay. I had to help my dad. Still gripping the baseball bat – which now also had purple ooze on it – I raced back out into the bedroom. My dad was still going, but his slashes with the sword were getting weaker. Suddenly I heard roars, coming from the backyard, and a second later one of the windows behind my dad shattered as another Brent stuck its paw through it. And then the other window shattered, and another Brent appeared, shoving its shoulders through the broken glass and pulling itself into the room. They must have heard the battle. My dad was surrounded. Three Brents. They weren’t paying me much attention yet; I think they were going for the easier target first. And they do like to work as a herd. I was going to try to take them, even though it was hopeless with just a bloody baseball bat and an injured me, but my dad yelled, “GO, ELI! GO HIDE! I’LL DISTRACT THEM!” I hesitated. My dad swung at the second Brent, and the original Brent took that opportunity to tear at his chest. Blood spattered across the wall. My dad glanced at me between the Brents, and for a split second, we made eye contact. I swear I could see the determination in his gaze: the determination that he would die to save his son. And he yelled again, “GO!” So, I did. I heard his moans as they tore into him behind me; I saw a glimpse of his intestines being ripped out before I turned. I wasn’t prepared to run out into the streets full of more monsters, so I ran into my bedroom, and I crawled into the back of the closet and buried myself under dirty laundry, hoping the monsters wouldn’t be able to see or smell me there. I don’t know exactly how long I stayed there. It was at least a few hours, because it was late afternoon by the time I crawled out. It had been quiet for a while, but I wasn’t risking it. Plus, I was too busy shaking and crying and reliving the horrors I had just witnessed to even consider going back out anyway. But finally, I did. I went back and walked through my parents’ bedroom, and I cried again at the sight of my family’s bodies, even though I’d thought I couldn’t possibly have any tears left. I made myself take it in: Justin’s half-eaten organs splayed across the bed, Amber’s broken body in the bathtub, my mom’s glassy eyes, my dad’s decimated corpse. He was even worse than Justin; they’d destroyed him. And the sword that my dad had taken such careful care of for so long was lying next to him, snapped in two. There was so much blood: on the mirrors, on the walls, on the furniture. The whole room was red. My mom would have hated it; she always wanted to repaint their room blue. I sat there in the middle of the room and told them all I was sorry, that it was my fault for not being here and for not being able to save them. That it wasn’t fair that I had lived and they hadn’t. And I told them through tears how much I loved them and would always love them, because I hadn’t gotten a chance to tell them before they died, and perhaps I felt guiltiest of all about that. So, that’s how we arrive at Rule #1. Rule #1: If you care about somebody and death seems imminent, tell them you love them. You’ll regret it forever if you don’t. It may not be exciting, but it sure as hell rings true. I can’t tell you how much I regret every day not getting to tell my family I loved them. And sure, you can make the argument that they knew, but it’s not the same. You may have noticed that I often tell Mr. Bailey I love him when I think I’m about to die. That’s because of Rule #1. You may also have noticed that I tried to tell Zoe…but that one’s harder. Because we haven’t actually said those words yet. But next time we’re about to die – because God knows there will be a next time – I’m gonna try again to do it. If she gave me the strength to tell this story, I can find the goddamn strength to tell her I love her. Because I think I do. Love her, I mean. (Damn, it feels good to get that off my chest. I’m glad she doesn’t read these…at least, as far as I know). I couldn’t forgive myself if we died before she knew that. Anyway, that’s the story of how my family died. I packed my duffel after that, and that night I went to the pet store, and you know what happened then. I think I’ll type out Tristan’s response later. I need a break. I promise I’ll tell you how Tristan reacted and whatnot, but recounting the whole story of the first day has been draining. So, I’m gonna go hug Zoe and cuddle Mr. Bailey. Because I love them, and because I’ve learned how important it is to cherish the people – and animals – you love. You never know when it might be the last time you get to. [x] submitted by /u/gonavy27 to r/nosleep [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
gonavy27 |
Mar 21, 2021 |
|
Islam appears as if it ways made up by Primitive, medieval Arabs who didn't know anything about the world outside from their local area nor had interactions with a divine being.
ISLAM- The belief that an All-Knowing, All-Powerful God decided to reveal his doctrine for mankind, to a 7th century illiterate Arab slave trader(slave and sex slave owner who had regular sex with his 9 year old wife) ,in a cave where no one else was there to verify, through Angel Gabriel over 23 years rather than just beaming it into his brain. Islam is an extremely Arab-centric religion, it seems as if it was completely made up by an Arabic person/people. The more a religion is tied to the culture of whatever society created it, the less likely it is to be legitimate. An omnipresent All-Knowing God wouldn’t care where on earth the primates he gave sentience to come from. This is what I will be discussing. THE KAABA The holy site for pilgrimage is very conveniently located in their backyard (Saudi Arabia.) This would be like a religion of Japanese origin claiming the holy site for pilgrimage is in Tokyo. Muslims have to pray towards the Kaaba which is located in Mecca, Saudi Arabia. Pre-Islamic Arabia was extremely underdeveloped and primitive. Literature wasn’t important and credible texts were rare so sometimes historians have to go with the biased Islamic perspective. According to the Abrahamic religions(Islam included), Abraham lived at around 2100-2200BC which is thousands of years before Islam was born in the 7th century. Islamic sources claim Abraham built the Kaaba for Islamic practises and it was his most important accomplishment. However the Bible never mentions the Kaaba and some Muslims claim Allah is the same God of the bible. Strangely the Kaaba was never mentioned in Judaism and Christianity. Only Islamic sources claim Christians and Jews also respected the Kaaba religiously. It was difficult to unify the many sects of Judaism and Christians on many things but not one sect of either religion mentioned the Kaaba. This suggests this idea was entirely fabricated. Islamic sources claim that the Kaaba in Mecca was a well known, important trade centre. Most Historians agree this is false as there was no mention of the Kaaba by the powerful Roman Empire, and the neighbouring Persian Empire and neighbouring Northern African Rulers until the birth of Islam . All historical evidence indicates the Quran was built by Arab Pagans a few centuries before Muhammad, not Abraham, yet again another false Islamic claim made by early Muslim Arabs or Muhammad. The Zamzam Well is a well located in Mecca, Saudi East of the Kaaba the holiest place in Islam. According to Islam, it is a miraculously generated source of water from God, which sprang spontaneously thousands of years ago when Ibrahim (Abraham's) son Ismael (Ishmael) was left with his mother Hajar (Hagar) in the desert, thirsty and crying. Ibrahim made a request to Allah- 14:37: "{O our Lord! I have made some of my offspring to dwell in an uncultivable valley by Your Sacred House (the Ka'bah at Makkah) in order, O our Lord, that they may perform Salah (prayer). So fill some hearts among men with love towards them, and (O Allah) provide them with fruits so that they may give thanks.}" Muslims believe Zamzam was the first among many fruits provided to Ibrahim by Allah. provided to Ismail and Hajar were in the desert. Very conveniently the Holy Water in Islam is located in Mecca, Saudi Arabia. The water is so holy it is taught to heal diseases and sickness; there is no scientific evidence to support this. This appears to be a knock-off version of a biblical story (one of the many in Islam) where Abraham’s concubine and his son Ishmael were left in the desert of Paran in Palestine. The Hadith Sahih Muslim 31:6046 says that ZamZam water is special, can quench hunger,feed you and make you gain weight;there is of course no scientific evidence to support these claims. Islam makes it appear as if it is a miracle that there is water well in the desert which is expected coming from primitive Arab desert dwellers with little scientific knowledge. Water is underground in most deserts because as rainwater falls, it is absorbed underground and flows through the underground including under a desert. IMPORTANCE OF ARABIC Allah stated His holy book must be written, memorised and taught in Arabic(conveniently Muhammad's language) to Prophet Muhammad even though there are thousands of other languages in the world. Vulgar Latin or Middle Chinese were the most spoken language in the world in the 7th century when the Quran was revealed,English and Mandarin are the most spoken languages in the 21st century. Only 5% of the world's population today speak Arabic (Arabic is the 5th most spoken language in the world) so it is illogical, confusing and absurd why God wanted "the most important words for mankind" to be specifically delivered in Arabic. If Allah had revealed his doctrine to all cultures and corners of the world, there would be an independently verifiable method to confirm that every language in the world received the same message from the same God. This would be very powerful evidence in favour of Islam. It is a shame he decided against this: Quranic Verses on Importance of Arabic: 41:3- "A Scripture whereof the verses are in detail, a Lecture in Arabic for people who have knowledge" 7:1: "Alif, Lam, Mim, Sad (These are the names of letters of the Arabic alphabet and in this sequence only Allah knows their meaning here;this is one of Allah's many miracles)." 12:2: "We have sent it down as an Arabic Quran so you people may understand/use reason" 14:44: "We have not sent any Messenger except with the language of his people (Arabic) so he can make things clear to them. Allah misguides anyone He wills and guides anyone He wills. He is the Almighty, the All-Wise." 42:7: "So We have revealed an Arabic Quran to you, in order that you may warn the mother of cities(Mecca) and all who live nearby..." 44:58: "We have made the Quran easy in your language (Arabic) so that they might be reminded." 26:198 - "And if We had revealed it (this Qur'an) unto any of the non-Arabs" - 26:199. "And had Muhammad recited the Quran unto them, they would not have believed in it " 41:44: "If We had made it a foreign Quran, they would have said, ‘If only its verses were clear! What? Foreign speech to an Arab?’ Say, ‘It is guidance and healing for those who have faith, but the ears of the disbelievers are heavy, they are blind to it, it is as if they are being called from a distant place." - Could Allah's book not also be unclear to Non-Arabic speakers which was the vast majority of the world in the 7th century and the 21st century? Why the Almighty God would have a preference for one language over the thousands of others is unclear. Muslims believe Arabic has a special status in Islam. It is compulsory to learn Arabic to be a Muslim and perform activities like the 5 daily prayers, recite the Shahadah and read the Quran. Millions of Muslims around the world memorise the Quran and verses for prayer which are entirely in Arabic whilst not knowing the meaning of what they are saying when they pray everyday and read the Quran. It is estimated up to 10 million Muslims around the world (the majority not Arabic speaking in countries like Nigeria, Indonesia and Pakistan) have memorised the whole Quran. Most of them barely understand a word of what they have memorised It seems likely an All-Wise, All-Powerful God would be able to come up with a better way for people to show devotion to Him than reciting words in a foreign language they don’t know. God’s chosen messenger was an Arabic Person. Islam is filled with Key Arabic terms like Hajj, Shahadah, Taqwa, Taraweeh, Ramadan, Zakat and encourages Arabic customs like keeping a beard, eating dates and women covering their hair. SPLITTING OF THE MOON 54:1 The Quran states: "The Hour draws near; the moon is split in two". And if they see a miracle they turn away and say 54:2 "Passing Magic," Sahih Bukhari 4:56:81 Narrated Anas states : \"*That the Meccan people requested Allah's Apostle to show them a miracle, and so he showed them the splitting of the moon."*The Quran and Hadith claim that the people of Mecca,Saudi Arabia asked Muhammad to prove that he had divine powers so he miraculously split the moon into two pieces and then, presumably, put it back together again. There is absolutely no scientific evidence whatsoever that the moon has ever been split into two. Since the moon is visible to half the planet at any given time, we should expect to see numerous accounts from different parts of the world attesting to this event if it actually happened. The Romans, Greeks, Egyptians, Persians, Chinese and Indians had avid astronomers who should have seen this event and recorded it in their histories. The absence of historical record from other civilisations, contemporary to Muhammad, is a strong indication that this event never happened. Yet again another Islamic lie. The Quran states in 4:82 "Do they not then consider the Qur'an carefully? Had it been from other than Allah, they would surely have found some contradictions." The Quran appears to tell us it certainly didn't come from God as we have clearly found a contradiction in the book between what it says and what actually happens/happened in reality as the moon never split. The Quran also says in 2:256 "Whoever believes in Allah, then he has grasped the most trustworthy handhold(The Quran) that will never break. And Allah is All-Hearer, All-Knower." Clearly the Quran is broken and is not trustworthy as it has lied to us and tried to deceive us about Science. The lie of the splitting of the moon disproves many of Allah's 99 names such as AL-HAQQ(The Absolute-Truth,) AR-RASHEED(The Infallible Teacher,) AL-ALEEM (The All-Knowing,) AR-RAQEEB(The Watchful One,) AL-HAKEEM(The All-Wise,) ASH-SHAHEED(The All Observing Witnessing, AL-MAJEED(The Glorious-Most Honourable,) AL-HAMEED(The Praiseworthy,)DHUL-JALAALI WAL-IKRAAM(Possessor of Glory and Honour, Lord of Majesty and Generosity.) DESCRIPTIONS OF HEAVEN/PARADISE The invention of an afterlife by religions such as Islam is to serve our primitive desires to stay alive and is a result of the fear of One's mortality. The invention of an afterlife is also means to satisfy our primal desires to feel pleasure and Islam provides this as it sates in 41:31- "You will have therein(Paradise) whatever yourselves desire, whatever you want." The sole purpose of a Muslim's life is to enter Paradise and according to 29:64- " This life is nothing but diversion and play (to distract you from the ultimate goal of paradise)" The way heaven is described in a religion is usually reflective of the culture the religion originated from; this is expected as religions are fabricated by humans not sourced from divine beings. The Islamic Paradise (Jannah) is described in the Quran and in Hadiths as a place with lots of magnificent gardens, nice greenery and weirdly obsesses on how there are many rivers and sources of water in Paradise. Here are some verses on the Islamic Paradise: 36:34 - “And We have made (In Paradise) therein gardens of date-palms and grapes and We have caused springs of water to gush forth therein.” 3:193 - “But as to those who are careful of (their duty to) their Lord, they shall have gardens beneath which rivers flow....” 16:31 - “The gardens of perpetuity, they shall enter them, rivers flowing beneath them; they shall have in them what they please...” 47:15 - "The description of Paradise which the righteous have been promised is that in it are rivers of water the taste and smell of which are not changed..." 5:119- "...There are gardens, with rivers flowing beneath – their eternal Home. Allah is well-pleased with them, and they with Allah. That is the great salvation." 9:72- "Allah hath promised to Believers, men and women, gardens under which rivers flow, to dwell therein, and beautiful mansions in gardens of everlasting bliss." 61:12 - “These it is (Paradise) for whom are gardens of perpetuity beneath which rivers flow,” 54:54 - "Verily, The Righteous, will be in the midst of Gardens and Rivers in Paradise." 18: 33. "Each of those two gardens brought forth its produce, and failed not in the least therein, and We caused a river to gush forth in the midst of them." The fascination with gardens and water appears to be a reasonable depiction of heaven coming from primitive desert dwellers who didn’t have much access to greenery and vast areas of water. Most people don't think of water when they think of a heaven except of course primitive Arabs who lived in the sweltering heat of the desert. Islam is famous for having an extensive list of things which are forbidden under the religion (Haram) . There are customs like drinking alcohol, gambling, wearing gold and women being able to dress freely, and beautifying one's appearance which was and is part of most cultures including Pre-Islamic Arabia that were subsequently banned under Islam. I believe the reason religions like Islam ban trivial, inconsequential thing like beautifying one’s appearance is because if you can force people to give up something so intrinsic to their society and to being human, it is much easier exercise control. Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: The world is a prison-house for a believer and Paradise for a non-believer. Sahih Muslim 2956. The purpose of tedious rules is to make its adherents cement themselves more concretely to the religion. Muslims are being controlled massively by the the commands of a fictional being(Allah) and unfortunately do not seem to understand that. There is no other reason. The rules do not benefit you but the business. Every time you follow these rules with no evidence they came from a divine being, you are paying another subscription fee until you decide you are being used and drained to the religions benefit, not yours. Muslims are obligated to follow the Quran and it's rules as it is supposedly the word of God- 4:59- "O you who believe! Obey Allah and obey the Messenger (Muhammad ), and those of you (Muslims) who are in authority and if there is deviation amongst yourselves, refer back to Allah, His Messenger (and Quran ), if you believe in Allah and in the Last Day. That is better and more suitable for final determination." FASCINATION WITH WINE IN PARADISE The fascination with wine in the Islamic heaven indicates that the Arabic author/authors were into alcohol all along. Allah is clearly a confused man who doesn't even understand and abide by his own words as he says in 5:90 that alcohol consumption is the work of Satan but then promises alcohol in heaven for righteous Muslims. 5:90- "O you who believe! Intoxicants (all kinds of alcoholic drinks), gambling, Al-Ansab, and Al-Azlam (arrows for seeking luck or decision) are an abomination of Shaitan's (Satan) handiwork. So avoid (strictly all) that (abomination) in order that you may be successful." It seems weird to condone something in Heaven that you said is bad to do on Earth.Here are Quranic verses on Alcohol in Paradise: 76:5 - "Indeed, the righteous will drink from a cup [of wine] whose mixture is of Kafur." 76:17 - “And they will be given to drink a cup [of wine] whose mixture is of ginger. “ 47:15 - “The description of Paradise is that in it are rivers of water the taste and smell of which are not changed; rivers of milk of which the taste never changes; rivers of wine delicious to those who drink; and rivers of clarified honey (clear and pure)....” FASCINATION WITH WOMEN AND SEX IN PARADISE The Quran forbids men and women especially women from beautifying themselves, tells men to lower their gaze, tells men and women to be modest in dress and behaviour, and discourages the provocative sexual display of their bodies and and discourages hyper-sexuality however extensively discusses sex and the beauty of the women in heaven. Yet again, it seems weird to condone something in Heaven that you said is bad to do on Earth. 24:31 - “And tell the believing women to lower their gaze (from looking at forbidden things), and protect their private parts (from illegal sexual acts, etc.) and not to show off their adornment except only that which is apparent (like palms of hands or one eye or both eyes for necessity to see the way, or outer dress like veil, gloves, head-cover, apron, etc.), and to draw their veils all over Juyubihinna (i.e. their bodies, faces, necks and bosoms, etc.) and not to reveal their adornment except to their husbands, their fathers, their husband's fathers, their sons, their husband's sons, their brothers or their brother's sons, or their sister's sons, or their (Muslim) women (i.e. their sisters in Islam), or the (female) slaves whom their right hands possess, or old male servants who lack vigour, or small children who have no sense of the shame of sex. And let them not stamp their feet so as to reveal what they hide of their adornment. And all of you beg Allah to forgive you all, O believers, that you may be successful.” Here are Quranic Verses regarding the beauty of the women in Paradise: 2:25- “...they shall have therein Azwajun Mutahharatun (purified mates or wives), (having no menses, stools, urine, etc.) and they will abide therein forever.” This means God will provide pure women for men to have sex with in Paradise. 55: 70-“Therein (In Paradise) will be fair (wives) good and beautiful.” 37:48- -“And with them (believing men) will be chaste females, restraining their glances (desiring none except their husbands), with wide and beautiful eyes.” 37:49. “(Delicate and pure) as if they were (hidden) eggs (well) preserved.” 2:25- "Virgins await those who enter paradise." The obsession and fascination with women's beauty and sex in the Islamic Paradise and lack of regard for female sexuality with no Quranic verses appealing to a Woman’s desire for sexual gratification clearly illustrates this was made up by sexually aroused Arabian Men who were implementing their sexual fantasies into their ideal paradise. It is oddly suspicious that there are no Islamic verses describing the handsome men in Paradise for women. The misogynistic objectification of women by portraying them as commodities and treating them like prizes to be won if One is faithful to Allah is typical of the ideals of the time, where women in most civilisations were treated as second class class citizens and had limited rights compared to men. Bonus Quranic verses on women in Islam: 4:34- "Men are in charge of women, because Allah hath made the one of them to excel the other, and because they spend of their property (for the support of women). So good women are the obedient, guarding in secret that which Allah hath guarded. As for those from whom you fear rebellion from, admonish them and banish them to beds apart, and beat them. Then if they obey you, seek not a way against them. Lo! Allah is ever High, Exalted, Great." This verse means men are in charge of women, because Allah made men to be better than women. Women must obey men, and if they refuse they must be punished. Refuse to have sex with them and beat them into submission. 2:223- "Men,your women are soil for you (to cultivate/farm) so go to your soil as you please, and send (good deeds) before you for your souls, and fear Allah, and know that ye will (one day) meet Him. Give glad tidings to believers, (O Muhammad)." In the mind of Allah, women are like a dirty field for men to put their penises through. Plough them whenever you like (as long as they're not menstruating, of course.) 4:24- "Also forbidden for men to marry are women already married, except those whom your right hands possess(captive women aka sex slaves)." This verse means Allah permits men having sex slaves. OBSESSION WITH DATES Islam has stressed the holiness of the date and the date palm more than any other religion. In fact, the Prophet Muhammad said that Ajwah dates—grown in the Madinah region of Saudi Arabia—are from paradise. The date palm, mentioned more than any other fruit-bearing plant in the Quran 22 times is a symbol often associated with Muslims. Muhammad argued that seven dates in the morning protected one from poison and witchcraft. The Quran states that Mary was advised to eat dates while in labour with Jesus, to ease childbirth and strengthen the body. The Prophet was once reported to have said, “People in a house without dates are in a state of hunger.” Some of the many Islamic verses on date-palms: The Hadith - Jami’ at-Tirmidhi 3464 states: “ The prophet says: whoever says: Glory is to Allah the Magnificent, and with His Praise, a date-palm tree is planted for him in Paradise.” 36:34 - “And We have made (In Paradise) therein gardens of date-palms and grapes, and We have caused springs of water to gush forth therein.” 55:11 - ”Therein are fruits, date-palms producing sheathed fruit-stalks (enclosing dates)."(This verse means thankfully Allah has provided humans with date-palms on Earth) 17:91- "Or you have a garden of date-palms and grapes, and cause rivers to gush forth in their midst abundantly." 55:68- "In them (both) will be fruits, and date-palms and pomegranates." 80:29- "And olives and date palms" 54:20- "Plucking out men as if they were uprooted stems of date-palms."(Allah bragging about the punishment and torment he inflicted on innocent disbelievers using a strong wind) It seems very convenient and oddly suspicious that God has created a special status for date-palms in his religion and talks about dates an awful lot, given the fact dates are a staple food in Saudi Arabia (It’s eaten regularly and mass produced in the Arabic World). It is very easy for a culture that loves and places great value on dates to then say that God also gives dates a special status. Why the creator of the universe would have a liking to the common fruit in the Middle East over all the thousands of fruits that exist is unclear. It would be suspicious if the God of a religion of Japanese origin claimed Sushi is a holy,special food and described how much sushi there would be in heaven e.g "For those that believe, there will be plates of sushi for them in Paradise." PORK The Quran offers no explanation as to why pork is impure is it states in 6:145 when God says, in reference to the flesh of swine (pig), “for that surely it is impure.” Arabs generally didn’t eat pork and thought it was an unclean animal before Islam came so it was very convenient that Allah said Muslims shouldn’t eat pork as it was unclean and impure. This highlights how the Arabs were scientifically illiterate and didn't know proper cooking kills pathogens. Why would the creator of the universe view some foods the mere humans he created eat as disgusting but others perfectly fine for them to eat. This seems like a human trait that is usually dependent on One's culture. For example, a person from the USA may view eating snails and horse meat as disgusting whilst a person from France may view this as perfectly normal. SPREAD OF ISLAM Islam was spread by Arab Conquest & War and Arab traders. The most Islamic regions of the world are in the Middle East/Arabic countries. Doesn't Allah know his "beautiful words of wisdom" for mankind would be spread through violent ways and evil dictators who forced it upon lands they conquered. Allah is All-Knowing, Benevolent and All-Powerful therefore he could have stopped these from happening or created a better way for his doctrine to spread through Mankind. Quran 2:256 states: "There is no compulsion in religion. Verily, the Right Path has become distinct from the wrong path." and 15:9 states: "Verily We: It is We Who have sent down the Dhikr (i.e. the Qur'an) and surely, We will guard it (from corruption.)" This verse clearly means the All-Powerful Allah and his Angels dramatically failed on their promise to protect the Quran from corruption and misuse as we know how much evil that has been committed in the name of the Quran throughout history especially given the infamous rise of Radical Islamic Terrorism over the last few decades. 99% of all terrorist attacks that occurred throughout the world from 2010-2020 were Islam related. This disproves many of Allah's 99 names such as AL-MUHAYMIN(The Preserver of Safety,) AR-RASHEED(The Guide, Infallible Teacher,) AL-HAQQ(The Absolute Truth,) AL-AZIZ(All Powerful,) AL-MUHAYMIN AL-‘ALEEM(The All-Knowing.) Doesn't Allah realise that by revealing his doctrine exclusively to Arabs, he engineered the cultural isolation of the rest of the world from his doctrine, he engineered the circumstances of Unbelievers' disbelief that live in the far corners of the world like South America,New Zealand and the Pacific/Remote Islands of the world therefore he created a punishment (Hell) for a situation he knowingly created. It is very suspicious that Allah is Arabic-speaking, Arab-centric, yet will punish non Arabs millenniums later for not believing the message they received through a game of telephone. The Quran also arrogantly claims that key figures: Jesus(Isa), Abraham(Ibrahim), Noah(Nuh), David(Dawud), Ishmael(Ismail), Isaac(Ishaq), Joseph(Yusuf), Ezekiel(Dhulkifl), Moses(Musa), Solomon(Sulayman) ,Jacob(Yaqub) in the centuries old religions of Judaism and Christianity were actually Muslim and Islamic Prophets and gave them Arabic names. ARABIC NAMES ARE BRACKETED. FASTING “The month of Ramadhan [is that] in which was revealed the Quran, a guidance for the people and clear proofs of guidance and criterion. So whoever sights [the new moon of] the month, let him fast it; and whoever is ill or on a journey – then an equal number of other days. Allah intends for you ease and does not intend for you hardship and [wants] for you to complete the period and to glorify Allah for that [to] which He has guided you, and perhaps you will be grateful.” (Quran: 21:85) Fasting in Ramadan is one of the 5 pillars of Islam and must be performed if One is fit,healthy, not pregnant,not ill and not menstruating. Islam requires fasting from dawn till dusk in the holy month of Ramadan which is approximately 12 hours in Saudi Arabia. If the author/authors were in Northern Europe where dawn till dusk can last up to 22-23 hours in the summer months, leaving a 1-2 hour window to eat a day for a whole month, they probably wouldn’t have made this difficult, extremely unhealthy and dangerous task a requirement. The author is also clearly unaware that there are parts of Northern Europe near the North Pole where the sun never sets in the summer months. This phenomenon is colloquially known as the Midnight Sun. For example Svalbard, Norway is known for having a Midnight Sun. In Svalbard, Norway there is no sunset from April to August and no sunlight from November to January. Islam was born 1400 years ago so how would people living in these parts of the world be able before the invention of mechanical clocks 600 years ago is unclear. The Quran makes no provisions for Muslims living in these areas, the Quran states in 6:38- " We did not leave ANYTHING out of this book," this is weird given the fact the Quran is meant to be the perfect,final word from the All-Knowing All-Powerful God who knows about the existence of the midnight sun. THE ONLY ANIMALS,PLANTS, CITIES AND PEOPLE MENTIONED IN THE QURAN ARE THE ONES FOUND IN THE MIDDLE EAST. The only animals and plants mentioned in the Quran are the ones found in the Middle East. Never ones specifically in Australia, Europe, Antarctica North America or South America. The only cities, nations and continents mentioned in the Quran are the ones found in the Middle East area. Never ones specifically in Australia, Europe, Antarctica North America or South America. The people mentioned in the Quran all lived in the Middle East area.The Quran doesn’t mention people living in Australia, Europe, Antarctica, North America or South America. The Quran never mentions smoking even though it was popular and existed in the Americas long before the 7th century when the Quran was written. All the miracles in the Quran occurred in Saudi Arabia and nowhere else in the world. No miracles from Allah. No miracles in the Quran in Australia, Europe, Antarctica, North America or South America. ISLAM'S OBSESSION WITH ARABIC AND ARABIAN CULTURE Religions are fabricated by humans, consequently, they are tied and intrinsic to the particular culture it originated from and Islam is no exception. Religious and Non-Religious people agree that 99.99%+ of religions are fabricated by humans as there are thousands of religions that make incompatible claims,each claiming to be sourced from a divine being. Islam is obsessed with Arabic and Arabic culture, every page you turn to you see a reference to Arabic culture, this isn't the case for Christianity. The Majority of people don't think of Israel, Hebrew and Israeli culture when they think of Christianity. Like I said, the more a religion is tied to the culture of whatever society created it, the less likely it is to be legitimate. An omnipresent All-Knowing God wouldn’t care where on earth the primates he gave sentience to come from. A religion that professes its universality and its suitability for all mankind, 81:27 "Verily, this (the Quran) is no less than a Reminder to (all) the 'Alamin (mankind and jinns)," seems rather centred around a specific group of people (Arabs). All evidence points to the fact Islam and the Quran was a completely made up by Arabic People and/or Muhammad who had no contact with a Deity and other cultures beside Arabic culture adding to the fact it is filled with hundred of contradictions, inconsistencies and scientific inaccuracies. The fictional character ,Allah, was clearly obsessed with Arabs and Arabic culture and couldn't go a few pages without a reference to Arabic culture; this guy is meant to be the creator of the universe. Islam appears to be a local Arab folklore to unite nomads under the banner of one God through the violent political campaign of Muhammad. Islam claims to be global but all knowing Allah forget to send prophets outside of Arab world. The evidence of contradictions, both big and small serves as clear evidence of human tampering. If the Quran came from Muhammad it was nothing more than fabrication from a power hungry megalomaniac, with his claims of divine inspiration being nothing more than an attempt to conquer Arabia and Islam being nothing more than just another false desert cult to emerge from a sea of desert cults. submitted by /u/A_I-G to r/DebateReligion [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
A_I-G |
Oct 24, 2020 |
|
There are 7 inmates on death row in a secret prison and I've been tasked with eating their sins. Lust can be a suffocating, sickening experience.
Sin Eater - A person who consumes a ritual meal in order to spiritually take on the sins of a deceased person. If only it were that simple. My name is Eleanor Lockwood, but you can all call me Nelle. I wouldn’t call sin eating my job or anything superfluous like that. It simply is my reason for being. My grandmother Efa Lockwood was one of the last in Wales to keep the practice going. With no mother or father to speak of and no desire for children of my own, responsibility fell to me, the unlikely descendant, to take up the mantle and keep it going. But I will be the last, that much is certain. People have lost touch with that aspect of the world; the traditions of days gone by, respect for the old ways and the rituals small towns and villages would undertake to safeguard their communities from wayward souls, unseen terrors and creatures of the night. When Efa met my Grandfather Ajani, an immigrant from Jamaica, he brought with him stories of Voodoo curses, known as Obeah. Traditions held for centuries and the importance of respecting one's kin through practice. But the world was changing and when I came of age, I knew I’d need to see the wider world to bring our family talents to prominence. That’s when I stumbled across Sturgeon. A town with a bar between places that caters to those in need, a town with a hotel sporting physical impossibilities on every floor, a town where the dead are ferried across on seaplanes and where monsters meet martial artists in a tournament of nightmares. But what I have to tell you all today goes far, far away from that. To the outer reaches of Sturgeons eyes and finds itself situated in a maximum security prison in the middle of the most dangerous location on Earth; The Bermuda Triangle. I am The Last Sin Eater. And this is my story. - “Miss Lockwood, Mr McGraw; Your presence is urgently requested to deal with the final requests of our Death Row Inmates. More information will be provided upon your acceptance and arrangements will be made to bring you here within 48 hours. Simply dial the number attached and we will organise the rest. I look forward to hearing from you. Yours faithfully, Warden Leichenberg.” Buck kicked back in his recliner and swirled his whiskey around lazily as I finished reading, smirking from underneath his stetson. “You gonna go? Hell, why am I even asking? O’Course you are.” He downed it in one and slammed the drink down as he gasped, standing up to his full height and cracking his back. He was a burly man in his early 30’s, rippled muscles and a thick black beard hiding a chiselled brown jaw and piercing green eyes. Buck was as tough as they came, but calmer and more patient than most men thrice his age. He never judged, never tried to speak for me or tell me what to do. He respected me as an equal and I admired him all the more for it. “Wonder what the hell kinda prison situates itself in the heart of a place like that, how do you even get in there without it being a crash and burn scenario?” I pondered aloud, taking note of the number and walking over to the landline in our office. We’d been operating as business partners for a couple of years, taking on odd jobs involving “unusual specimens and occurrences” that nobody else wanted. Buck called us “Nightmare Detectives”, I called us scholars who got underpaid for our troubles. “Makes sense to me, especially if the rumours of this place are true.” Buck played with his beard and rifled through a book he’d picked from the large shelf on the back. “Tempestas Penitentiary is spoken of only in passing by scholars as a place that the most problematic individuals in history's shadows would be housed. Not your serial killers or political murderers, but the monsters that history tries its best to scrub from the pages… if we go, it’s going to be a rough ride…” He snaps the book shut and grinned at me, my heart skipping a beat. “Sounds like a hell of a hunt, I’m in. One furtive phonecall later and we were packed with our instructions to meet the porter at the airport. “Caracossa airways, you’re sure about that, right?” Buck asked me, face buried in a notebook he’d been pouring over in the weeks leading up to our letter from the warden. Said it was his “greatest scholarly project”, but never showed me a damn thing from it. “Yep, they said a guy with a raven will greet us, kinda hard to miss in Sturgeon, right? Even walking around with an Indiana Jones impersonator like you!” I chuckled, punching him in the arm playfully, my other hand running through the playlists on my iPod. Could never relax on a trip without some good music. “Speak for yourself, you dress and act like you’re trying your damnedest to be the next Van Helsing. Albeit Welsh and female.” “And better hair.” I dramatically brushed a loc aside as we both laughed, the anxiety of a sea of people rushing past us ebbing away. Out of the crowd came a tall man sporting an all black attire and an over-excited Raven on his shoulder, preening his hair and shouting “BRAIN FOOD” as he tried, and failed, to coax him. “Damnit Edgar, I told you to cool it!” He hissed, offering up a finger for the Corvid as a warning, instead making him tilt his head quizzically before nipping him and shrieking in delight. “IT’S RAW! IT’S RAW!” He chirped as the man came closer, pinching his brow. “You guys must be Lockwood and McGraw, could spot you two a mile away. Welcome to Caracossa Airways. I’m Nestor Holden and this little delight is Edgar, we’ll be your guides to Tempestra Prison. You got everything you need? We won’t be making any stops on the way and I’ve been instructed to assist in any way I can when we arrive, which is a pretty good excuse to get some R&R for us.” “RAW AND ROWDY! RAW AND ROWDY!” Edgar screeched as Nestor clicked in front of him. “What’d we say about crass behaviour in public?” He hissed. “Only when funny.” Edgar replied solemnly, his head lowered, myself and Buck chuckling as we grabbed our bags. “Oh and by the way, I’ve been told to give you this before take off, keep it on you at all times. It’s a charm to help ward off negative aura or something, my boss L. D. said it was imperative to get it to you.” He passed us each a totem. They were old and hand carved, both sporting frail individuals with their boney hands holding a thick hood in a perpetual state between up and down, unable to tell if they were raising or lowering it, but the eyes were obscured. It unsettled me, but I kept it in my pocket, as did Buck and we departed. For a split second, as we passed through the terminal, I spotted something in my peripheral vision; a thin, gangly sort of creature peering from behind a thin concrete beam that jutted out of the floor. Bioluminescent, black little eyes fixated on me and drool running down its elongated lips, curled into a smile as gnarled fingers awkwardly crunched until it was holding up a number in my direction. A number that would become synonymous with the rest of my life from that day forward; The number 8. - The ride in was… interesting, to say the least. Our pilot was in a perpetual state of drunkenness, spouting off Lord Alfred Tennyson as he took us through rocky shores and across foreboding blackened skies. I had my music on and i’ll be damned if it wasn’t atmospheric when the opening riff kicked in. As I looked out of the window, Buck snoring something fierce next to me, my jaw fell slack at the sight that greeted me. Where the ocean had been calm and the wind even more so for the duration of our journey, we were now greeted with a storm of tumultuous proportions; sharp winds sliced at the window, whipping the ocean into a frenzy and slamming swathes of frothy green liquid at the plane with malice, trying in vain to stop us from approaching. “The wrinkled sea beneath him crawls;He watches from his mountain walls,And like a thunderbolt he falls!” The pilot sang over the intercom as he took the plane into a nosedive, sending Bucks still snoring head forward with a snap, Edgar crying out as we descended further, my hands clasped to the sides of the seat and my stomach firmly in my boots. “NO SURVIVORS! NO SURVIVORS!” “Edgar! Don’t mind him, we’re fine. The approach is normal, for a place like this…” Nestor kept his arms crossed, seated opposite me in the flight attendants area, eyes cast outside as bright lights began filling the windows. “Take a look. It’s your new home for the next week.” Buck roused from his sleep just in time to catch a glimpse of the imposing structure waiting for us as the plane levelled out and we were on approach for landing. A circular structure spanning several thousand feet rising out of the sea with torrents of water spilling off the top of the oval base and back into the ocean, several landing pads visible as lights guided us in. At the centre of the structure was a thick steel tube that extended down into the deeps. All around the prison were heavy winds, crashing waves and darkness for miles on end. If someone wanted to escape, they’d find no respite upon getting out. We were waved down by a sea of guards and a tall, imposing man stood in the back. Black trench coat and a patterned umbrella sporting blue cherry blossoms. He waved dramatically as we stepped off the plane and a leather gloved hand clasped my own with extreme enthusiasm. “Wilkommen to my own personal tartarus! Do you like the location?” He beams proudly at me, stretching his arms out and spinning around. “All of this just to prevent the worst of the worst from getting out. Crushing their hopes and dreams under mein steel toe capped heel…” He turns back to us and Buck scoffs. “Always the eccentric types in positions of power, huh?” he murmurs, jabbing me playfully. “C’mon, indulge him. This IS his kingdom, after all.”With that, Buck strides forward, ignoring the rain and ocean froth drenching him in moments. He gives the Warden a firm handshake before gesturing to me. “Ah, you must be our revered sin eater! I’ve never seen what your people do up close and personal, but I will take great pride in seeing it enacted on our inmates, if it means they will suffer just a little bit more…” My eyebrow raised involuntarily, the warden noticing and immediately holding his hands up defensively. “Oh no, don’t mistake me for a sadist! I just wish to ensure my job is done properly. These are bad, bad creatures. I deign to even call them people for what they’ve done. Each one has committed a crime... er, a “sin” if you will, so egregious that god himself would sooner spit on his own son that allow a single one amongst them into the kingdom of Elysium.” “You a religious man, Mr Leichenberg?” I asked, Buck and I following him to the central tube that connected the entrance to the main prison, Nestor and Edgar bringing up the rear as the pilot cackled and began taking off again. “Are you not, Madame Lockwood? In a world of such horrors as what we house here, one must have something to cling to that enables us to believe there is truth, justice, punishment and reward. A balance for all things, such was the way the Greeks believed things to be. With your profession, I would’ve assumed du to be ein woman of the cloth, no? ”I shook my head as we piled into the chamber, the doors closing on our last look of the outside world for a week. “If there is a god, he blinded himself to our struggles long ago. Whatever goes on here is up to us, now. I just do my part in the process.” Buck sighed and Nestor fed Edgar to keep him calm as we descended, the front section of the tube showing nothing but steel as we descended. But after a moment, the view gave way to the top of a sprawling prison, the general population area. Thousands of inmates, some human and others… well, monsters of the most literal sense. All in turquoise jumpsuits and either congregating in groups, doing work for the officers or working out. As we got closer, it became apparent this was a building far bigger and deeper than I could’ve imagined. “Our prison houses 7,000 inmates of various backgrounds, crimes and origins. We are tasked with making sure they never get out and cause more havoc up above. I’d inform you more of them or even give you einen tour, but alas, we’re not here for them…”The tube dropped down and we were plunged into darkness once more, save for a few maintenance lights that flooded the room in a red and purple hue. “Your prison is… expansive, Warden. I’m impressed. How many legendary beasts ya got locked up here? I’d enjoy cataloguing some of ‘em for my compendium…” The Warden seemed to think on it for a moment before politely shaking his head. “Ah, my apologies, but there’s no chance on your schedule. Each session will be… difficult and take your day to complete. With 7 of them, I do not wish to waste extra energy. But I am proud of the structure wherein these individuals are housed. Since my appointment to the position, we have had a far more complacent criminal populace and far less deaths!” He clapped his hands together excitedly as we came to a stop in front of a single white hallway. “You know, I never envisioned getting my dream job by 34, but here we are! Strange how the world works, no?” He ushered us out and towards a makeshift office. Fitted with a bed, couch, vending machine and research area. “This is your workstation area, we will provide you with anything you may need and any extra facilities can be provided to you with an escort. Your first inmate is already waiting.” Placing my wet clothes and baggage down, I stared at him, incredulously. “Now? What about any information on him or her first? ”A smile rippled across his face, his shoulders hunching. The man wasn’t necessarily threatening, but his height coupled with the power he held here certainly made it an uncomfortable look. “I want to see if your skills are as true as they come. His as well.” He looked over at Buck who grinned back, but there was offence right behind it. “What about me? I need a test?” Nestor quipped, Edgar trying to get at his eyebrows and preen them. “No, you’re a bodyguard. So long as you protect them, I think we have no issue. Even if I’m not fond of your… pet.”Edgar cocked his head in the Wardens direction before screeching: "TASTY EYES! TASTY EYES!" And laughing as Nestor scolded him. “As good a time as any, I suppose. Let’s go, lead the way, Warden.” With that, he escorted us out and down the long hallway, through the one locked door and out into a visitors centre, of sorts. Several guards stood on watch and patted us down for contraband before we could even step foot into their interview areas. “Welcome, Warden. Who are our esteemed guests visiting today?” “Cell 2, Officer Mitchell. Prisoner #4822” He passed us a pen to sign in with and nodded before buzzing the gate and allowing us through. “Remember; if they catch you, we won’t negotiate. Not for anything or anyone.” Nestor smiled as we went through to the interview room on the left of the cells. “If I fail them, they’re dead anyway.” - The interview chamber was odd, to say the least. It seemed cordoned off from the rest of the building, as if quarantined. A small table with four chairs greeted us, a thick plexiglass window stretching across the length of the far wall, total darkness on the other side. “The Prisoner will be with you momentarily. I’ll be watching from my office, but there is a button to the right of the wall if anything should go wrong. I’ll speak with you after you’re done. Good luck frau lockwood!” He paused as the door held open, as if contemplating whether or not to say something else. “Don’t be fooled by this one, looks can be… deceiving.” With that, the door shut and our first interview began. For a moment, there was a silence that permeated the room, as if waiting for someone to start things off. Buck was sat down with his compendium open and ready, a small microphone attached to a dictator machine, Nestor leaning against the wall and keeping Edgar entertained. I called out, hoping to get a response. “The Warden called you Prisoner #4822, but i’m hoping you have a more fitting name. Never been a fan of complexities. I’m Madame Nelle Lockwood, the person you all asked to come here for your uhh… sins. Are you there?” Something shifted in the darkness. A thick, bulging, undulating shape that began wheezing and hacking as it moved forward. “Yeah. I’m here, Ma’m. Names Tallulah Makepeace. Thank you for coming.” I felt… something. Still not sure what, but I pressed on and tried to find a natural groove, the session wouldn’t work if we didn’t get off on a good footing. "Why'd you ask for me? I'm to understand none of you are particularly sorry for what you did." I may as well get the awkwardness out now, seemed silly to ignore. To her credit, she scoffed at my comment. "Just because I ain't sorry, don't mean the sin shouldn't be excised. Maybe it'll make me feel remorse, who knows... I know what I did was wrong, but it was for a greater purpose, you'll see." “You know what I do? How I do it?” I asked, the figure hacking and chuckling before replying. “Yeah, I know whutchu do, honey. I got a lot of sins, but it’s the early ones… the ones that put me in this metal coffin, that I needta get off my chest. And boy, if my chest ain’t heavy enough already!” She laughed and I began to get the impression she was a heavier woman, even with the shroud of darkness. But instead of pressing her to move forward, I did what I’d always done; I encouraged her to tell her story. “It all started when I was about 11 or 12. I was a pretty young thang, lemme tell ya. Wore nice floral dresses, had fair skin, all the boys wanted to take me out. Heck, even the girls, not that I minded. Mama said I was her perfect angel. Problem was, I didn’t care for any of ‘em. Not really, anyway. They were just… there. Background noise to absorb when I needed attention, gifts or favours. I tell ya, if the world had dropped another atom bomb and I was the only one left standin’, i’m not sure i’d have been too concerned with the aftermath.”She snorted and spat on the floor, clearing her throat before continuing. “One night, right before Valentines day, something appeared at the end of my bed. He was tall, muscular, completely covered in red hair and washboard abs… I mean, my goodness…” She let out a shudder and I felt my skin crawl. “He said his name was Azazel and that he was an Incubus, someone sent here to pass on a message; I wasn’t attaining my true form, but the form that others wanted me to partake. Until I became what he knew I could be, both inside and out…, well, I was destined to be alone and unloved.” “So what did you do next, Tallulah? Were you inspired to change or did you seek a doctor?” I asked, hands tapping the table as I gained a better idea of the woman in front of me. “A doctor? Bitch you crazy? I got a vision from my ideal man and he told me I had to change. You don’t just ignore that… so, I did as I was told. Began eating more, not worrying about my hygiene unless my parents forced me to… but they gave up eventually. Stopped studying, dedicated myself wholeheartedly to the craft of perfection. Gained 150lbs in just a few years and my god… I was beautiful. I still am, o’course, but when you SEE yourself for the first time, it’s like peeling off your old skin and steppin’ out of a cocoon.” She leaned back and I heard the chair groan under the pressure. By now, a thick mist was forming around her. A byproduct of the session, but she wasn’t to know just yet. “Was it around this time you started luring young men and women into the woods, Tallulah?” Buck asked, his eyes dark and his grin replaced with a scowl. “You must’ve been around 17 years old when you started, right? I know the name and what you did.” Tallulah shifted in her seat and made an approving noise, leaning in the darkness to see Buck better. “My, my. As if it weren’t enough to have ONE looker in here, I got two. Are y’all helping me with a sin to be eaten or are Y’ALL the snacks? You look good enough to eat…” She giggled and continued. “When I completed the physical metamorphosis, Azazel came back to me, cooing in my ear that to have the perfect love, I had to be willing to give up everything and go further. To take love from others.” She scratched at her face, thick calluses resisting the nails and I swear I heard a pimple pop, my stomach turning but ignoring the desire to lose composure. “First few I just told ‘em there was an animal in need or that I'd lost my baby brother in them woods. I guess the damsel in distress thang is still pretty popular. They’d always come in, help me and get caught… that’s where the real process began. See, it weren’t enough to just kill ‘em. The point of true love was to carry them with you forever. To take their lives, take a piece of ‘em and ensure it was always a part of ya. THAT was true power.”She leaned forward and it took every inch of my body not to recoil in horror. She was a gargantuan woman in her 30’s. 600lbs easily. Undulating fat and heavy folds spilling out of her turquoise jumpsuit and spilling over the chair. Her black hair was matted to her head and her facial features were so sunken into her elongated and fattened skull that I struggled to comprehend how she saw anything. But that mouth… my god, it was double the size of my own. The teeth were yellowed and the gums bright red, random hairs and pimples littered her face like badges of honour. “See, they say bees make the best honey. But that ain’t quite true. Azazel taught me all about the mummification of old human beings. Men and women who willingly gave their bodies to be something “more”. But, there are far quicker ways to make it happen… if you have a guiding voice.” She grinned and a long, black tongue escaped her lips, like a serpent tasting the air around a frightened victim. “I’d make sure the holes were deep, the coffins were done perfectly to their measurements… it helped to have a friendly neighbour who made ‘em special for me if I gave him… favours, in return. Once they fell in, the drop was steep enough that they couldn’t get back out, the liquid would act like a gelling agent; stoppin’ em from going very far until I came back with the rest of the ingredients… watchin’ ‘em struggle like flies in a trap was always immensely satisfying…” She groaned and the hairs on my body stood on end. It felt more and more like I was being sized up. The red and pink mist filling her room now gaining mass at a rapid rate. “So you made these people into… food?” I asked, trying not to dry heave as I finished my sentence. “Mhmm, they’d struggle until their strength gave out and their heads fell under the water. Then, I'd put the lid on and wait. My own little garden of eden… it was like I was a god in my own backyard. Give it just 2 months, they’d be nothin’ more than a sweet liquid that kept me young, beautiful and immortal. So long as I had that sweet nectar, I weren't goin’ nowhere. I had a task to fulfil and a part to play, so sayeth Azazel. I couldn't stop until I met the one I was destined to fall in love with.”“But that’s not all you did, is it? Because if it was, we’d be done by now.” I pressed on, the mist beginning to form into a shape, but not quite there. Tallulah shifted uncomfortably in her seat, finally showing a degree of emotion before she continued. “I started to lose track of how many I was putting into them pits. Didn’t matter if it were a couple, an older guy, a younger girl. Whatever. But, importantly, I knew to be smart and to be careful. Never any personal ties. So, when Candace wandered in…” She paused, beady little eyes welling up with tears and her jowls quivering with sadness. “I broke my only rule. My little girl was only 3 when she went out to play. She wandered into an open pit that I’d dug for our next victim, he was a playmate of hers and if she’d just… just waited a little bit longer…” She burst into tears, greasy, filthy hands covering her face as she sobbed heavily. “And after that, you gave yourself up?” It seemed too convenient, but she nodded, snot running down her face. “I saw no way forward with mine or Azazel’s goal without Candace. My progeny. So, I gave myself up and here I am. Waitin’ for death.” The haze was nearly fully formed now, but something was still missing… “That’s not the worst of it, is it, Tallulah?” Buck pressed, something in his voice commanding the room. "You lure in people with pity and sexual favours, we're expected to believe you had any soft spot? I don't buy it. I know what the greatest sacrifices entail. Candace didn't wander in there, did she?” The crying grew louder as Buck pressed her more. It took a moment, but her demeanour shifted once again and I swear I have never felt more like a diver in a sharktank waiting to be devoured. Every fibre of my being urged me to run as the crying gave way to uproarious laughter and a thunderous pounding against the plexiglass, damn near jumping me out of my skin as she cackled. “Aw, I thought my actin’ would’ve fooled y’all! Guess i’m losin’ my charm, huh?” I felt sick, my nostrils filling with the scent of honey, I knew we were close. “Naw, I didn’t give myself up outta grief. I did it because Candace was the last one. My little angel with her pink bow, flowing locks and curly hair, she saw me as a god... but I saw her as a means to an end. A love unrequited from daughter to mother. She didn’t even put up a fight when I dropped her into the pit. Just looked up at me with those doe eyes and said “mama, why?” as I poured the mixture in. And lemme tell ya…” Tallulah leaned forward, her fetid breath fogging up the glass as the mist around her took the shape of a tall man, clad in red fur and with thick horns. Yellow eyes beaming at her with an expectant grin. “She was the most delicious of ‘em all. And they’re with me always. All of ‘em.” "Tallulah, why even have me here if you've got no real fears of what happens next? Why put us through that sordid and disgusting tale?" I tried to keep my emotions in check, struggling to hold my nerve. "Because I wanted someone to look at my beauty one last time and see me, unburdened by sin, as I move to the next phase. This is just the first part, you were my witness. That's all there is to it." She got out of her seat as I held back my sheer disgust, knowing in a few moments I'd need to devour the sin. She cracked her large back and neck, smiling at us as if we were those same victims she’d lured into the woods, moments away from their death; “Been nice meetin’ ya, glad you were there to hear my sin. But, time’s a wastin’. Azazel and I are off to greener pastures of godhood. But i’m sure we’ll see one another again, someday…” With that, she walked over to the man, embracing him in a passionate kiss as he pinched her nose with one hand, gripping her throat with the other. She struggled and despite her sheer weight and height advantage, could not break his grip. I watched in horror as her fighting grew weaker and as her arms fell limp, he pulled away to crack her neck and let her fall to the floor. His eyes scanned us once before Buck called his name and he faded from the room in a puff of smoke. Nestor ran for the panic button and pushed it as the sirens rang out and furtive footsteps rushed down the hall. But I was already fixated on the final part of the ritual. Some sin eaters only needed to devour the sin in a meal form, carrying it with them and moving on. But in my case, there had to be a story, a reason and a connection. Now, i'm staring down the end result of this creatures exploits. Knowing it will be a part of me forevermore. In front of me lay a small bowl filled with a golden liquid that bubbled and frothed. I knew I had to eat it, to finish the ritual, but there was something stopping me. Something I could see in the broth that made me realise I would regret visiting this prison for the rest of my life; A lock of hair, tied to a small pink bow, floating to the surface before fizzling away. Eyes closed and hands trembling, I brought the bowl to my lips and did as I was instructed to; I devoured the sin. Inmate: #4822 Tallulah Makepeace*.* Sin: Lust. Food: Mellified Man. - NEXT SIN: GREED. submitted by /u/tjaylea to r/nosleep [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
tjaylea |
Oct 22, 2020 |
|
Need help creating my own secret garden! I want to make my backyard overrun with flowers and foliage next year but I have no idea how to plan and place the beds. Is there a service that can create images so I can picture where to put what?
submitted by /u/nico1226 to r/gardening [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
nico1226 |
Sep 19, 2020 |
|
Why I Had To Walk Naked Across A Factory Floor, and Why I Can't Eat Peanut Butter. The greatest lesson in 3-phase motor rotation you'll ever read, and the latest Chris Boden story. Enjoy!
https://preview.redd.it/6ww9hosm2g951.jpg?width=3300&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=aa27405ee9f2538e0c9cb8be0a87437a556bd00f Size matters, and I’m a skinny little shit. Despite the fact that I have the wingspan of an Albatross, I have the waist of a Dachshund. I’ve always been the skinny guy. As a result of that, I’ve been the go to person to be crammed into places other people wouldn’t fit for my entire life. There’s a tiny locomotive, currently sitting in Coopersville. A diminutive, US Army 20-ton Whitcomb that looks more like a toy train than a real one. If you ever wondered what it would be like if you cross bred a SmartCar with a Diesel Locomotive, this is it. Decades ago, when I was a twelve-year-old boy, it was owned by the Muskegon Hysterical Society. One summer afternoon, when all the king’s coffee and all the king’s men couldn’t put Whitcomb together again, I was voluntold to wedge my skinny ass in there to help change out the carbon brushes on the motor. Railroad men don’t tend to run on the small side. Stumpy, sure, but even the “little” guys on a railroad tend to have thighs like tree trunks. They all crowded around the side of that little tan engine and watched me disappear inside through a tiny opening. I would reach out my hand with a set of brushes in it. Some nice gentleman that I couldn’t see, would take them and hand over a shiny new set. Then my hand would vanish back into the darkness of the engine bay. This process repeated and after a while a scrawny little fucker, covered in schmoo, emerged triumphant from the little door. The amount of times I’ve been the one to go into places other people either can’t fit or won’t go is off the fucking charts. Tight, deep, high, cold, dangerous, or inaccessible has been a recurring theme in my life for as long as I can remember. The odd thing is that I enjoy it - most of the time. There are certainly exceptions, though. When you spend a lot of time doing either confined space or high altitude work, you’re going to occasionally have at least a few unpleasant experiences. I’ve encountered a grease-tank the size of a small swimming pool in the basement of an abandoned smoked sausage factory that would not just give you nightmares, it would fuck you up for years. I’ll skip painting a vivid mental picture and simply say, you’ve never seen so many flies. I’ve traversed a train bridge across the Grand River to explore a gigantic steel gear (it was a swing bridge in a former life), and seen a span the length of a football field that was completely covered in large, very well fed, spiders. I once dropped into a utility vault and was all the way to the floor before we realised that we’d just come down a ladder that was two feet away from a wasp nest the size of a basketball. That was a bit scary, the terrifying part is that we were now inside a ten foot concrete cube and the only way out was back up that ladder. You couldn’t have got a pin up my ass with a jackhammer, and that is the day I learned how to run up a ladder. But all those stories can wait for another day, because nothing, fucking nothing, compares to the peanut butter jacuzzi. So, here is the story of why I can’t eat peanut butter. For almost every school day of my entire misspent youth, we walked across the parking lot of the big, tan building on the corner of our neighborhood. It was the shortcut to the railroad tracks we hiked on our way to and from school. Never did we bother to learn what they actually made inside the factory, but once in a while we’d ride our bikes through the big pile of sawdust outside. When I was 19, my Dad’s company was hired to design and build a machine for them, and I got my first look at what they actually produced there. Bird feeders - specifically suet cakes - and tons of them! Little blocks of suet or peanut butter, mixed with bird seed, that people put in backyard feeders for wild birds. Dad’s job was to build a machine that would prepare the peanut butter for the assembly line. It was a complicated machine with some interesting components; it looked like a large box about five foot cubed. There was a small hatch on top, about eight-by-twelve inches. It had a small ramp that sloped down to the hatch and was about two feet long. The ramp is where the operator would place a fifty-pound block of peanut butter. At that stage, the peanut butter was very similar to the stuff you’d find in a peanut butter cup, firm and almost crumbly. The operator would place these peanut butter blocks on the ramp, slide them through the hatch, and then they would fall into the box. The only other openings to the box were where a driveshaft for the big mixing auger passed through right in the middle of the top, and a small hole about an inch in diameter on the bottom where the pipe was welded in place for the output. Inside the box was a giant “mixing paddle” - it was actually made from a snowblower auger. It was cheaper to buy a brand new one than to fabricate the part from scratch. The auger was the size you’d find in a garden-tractor-style snowblower. It stood on end, with a block of UHMW (Ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene) as a bearing on the top and bottom, and a driveshaft from a motor coming down from the top of the box. Everything was designed to be hosed down and cleaned, and the auger moved slowly on its axis, so just making the shaft end smooth and letting it ride in a hole in a block of UHMW worked perfectly. For applications like this, it’s the “poor man’s Teflon” and works great when you need something to slide against something else, while being wet or food safe because it will never rust. The outside of the tank was wrapped in a beautiful and intricate zigzag of copper pipe that went up and down all the way around the entire box. Hot water was pumped through the pipes to heat the entire tank and melt the peanut butter until it had the consistency of bearing grease so that it could be pumped down the line. The pipes were wrapped in an outer box shell and the space between the inner box and outer shell was filled with insulation. The whole point was to load in about 1500 pounds of peanut butter, heat it until it melted into goop, mix it well, and send it down the pipe to be mixed with birdseed and then pooped out in little dollops into its packaging. It had to be melted, otherwise it was too thick to pump. Even the output pipe had to be wrapped with a heated water jacket or the peanut butter would solidify in the pipe and clog everything. Peanut butter is a pain in the ass to work with. It was my job to wire up the machine that Dad had built. There wasn’t much to it, and I was thrilled at the chance to do such a serious and important job for Dad. I’d never wired up someone else’s project before, so even for something so simple, I was honored. It wasn’t exactly rocket surgery, but I was an idiot apprentice at the time. The whole setup was run off a couple relays and thermostats. The machine was made to be set-and-forget. A motor for the output pump, a motor for the mixer, the pump and valve for the hot water… that was it - easy. No PLCs or anything fancy, just a thermostat, a couple motors, and a handful of relays in a little control box. It was as simple as it could be, and that was the point. It didn’t need to be fancy, it needed to be reliable. I spent a whole weekend doing all of the wiring. I had a pretty solid idea of what I was doing, but I’d never worked with anything at this scale before. I didn’t even draw a schematic. It was simple, and I just kept it all in my head as I went. The first time I turned it on, one of the little Omron relays did a convincing impersonation of a grenade. A small mistake, but an expensive one. Dad got me a new relay after I changed a couple backwards connections and it came to life. I was ecstatic. I ran and got Dad and showed him my handiwork. I was standing there beaming at the magnificent contraption that I had brought to life. There really wasn’t anything to see, but the lights came on, the motor hummed, and the relays clicked. I was beaming with pride at my accomplishment. Dad gave it a thorough check to see that everything was working just so, and asked me to hand him a screwdriver and a pair of dikes (diagonal wire cutters). I pulled them off the bench and watched him open up the control box, which puffed out with a massive wad of orange wires when he opened the door. The wad of wires floofed out like an afro to be proud of, and was easily double the size of the small enclosure from where it emerged. Dad gave a sigh, and simply said, “Orange?” Orange was the first spool of wire I’d grabbed… and the only one. It was simply the closest spool on the shelf, the right size, and had enough to do the whole job. I stood there thinking about how it was going to take me a full five minutes to pack all that shit back in there as Dad calmly unplugged the machine, walked back over to the control box, and proceeded to give it a boot-camp haircut. I didn’t know whether to shit or go blind. “What the fuck, Dad? That took me two days! It worked! How the fuck am I supposed to know how to hook all that back up? I had a system!” “It looks like the drippings from a drunken fuck,” he said, “There’s no way we hand off work like that to a client. What you made was a prototype, now make it pretty. If YOU can’t tell how the wires go together then sure as hell no one else can either. Someone will have to fix this someday. You owe it to them, the client, and me to make this not only work, but able to be fixed easily when it doesn’t. The guy who fixes this ten years from now might be you. Now do it right.” And that was my lesson in craftsmanship. It was a lesson cemented into my brain over the many hours I spent meditating upon the thoughts like “I’ve quit better jobs than this” and doing a mental feasibility study on leaving a few slices of ham tucked deep in the cabin air vents of his truck. There’s a lot of guys who talk about craftsmanship and never really bother to explain exactly what that is. Craftsmanship is the hours of work you put in when the job is done and the damn thing works fine, to make it not only work well, but make it pretty. It’s a mixture of engineering and art. Every young engineering student is taught that “Form Follows Function”. Craftsmanship is learning that “Form” can have an artistic aspect as well, and that “Function” can mean allowing it to be easier to repair, easier to clean, etc. It’s not just taking into account the machine as it is today, but as it will be in the future decades to come. Most people don’t think of skilled labor as a form of artistic expression, but ask any electrician, plumber, framer, or welder, and they will all tell you that craftsmanship is absolutely an artform. It’s just a form of art that only those that work in the field ever appreciate, to the rest of the world it’s invisible. Any electrician worth a damn can open a box and tell you the skill level of the original builder. They judge each other on such things constantly. It’s nuanced, subtle, and intricate. Every one of the trades does this in some way, and there’s just as much time, effort, and genius that goes into running conduit as there is for carving a marble sculpture or composing a symphony. We live in a world where the majority of our art is functional, invisible, and only appreciated by a silent army of people who are reluctant to share their secrets. I spent another two days rewiring the machine, with proper color codes and wire routing. I spitefully used an entire bag of Dad’s good, expensive zip ties on the project. It was art. I passed the subsequent inspection with flying colors and won the pride of my Dad. Worth it. A couple days later, we fumblefucked the machine on a truck and hauled it off to the factory to be installed. The millwrights did their thing and hoisted it up onto the 2nd floor mezzanine to be bolted in place. The plumbers did their thing and got the water heater hooked up. The electricians did their part and gave us a one-armed-bandit with 20 Amps of 3-phase 480. I’d done my part and was just there as a spectator. Like anyone else, I love hard work - I can watch it all day. I sat on a pallet and ate several handfuls of gigantic raisins that were originally destined as bird feed. They were fuckin massive, tasted amazing, and went well with the show. I couldn’t believe that raisins this big were used as bird feed. They were nothing like the ones you get in the little packs for lunch. I don’t know the story on why or whatnot, but I’ve never had raisins like this anywhere else in my entire life. By the end of the day, the machine was completely installed and everything was ready to test. All of the assorted teams were standing around with a thumb up their ass, smoking cigarettes and eating raisins, and it was time to see if all our work was successful in real-world conditions. Dad stood with the client and gave me the go-ahead. I proudly pushed the green button that started everything up on our machine. It hummed to life and everyone was pleased. Dad spent a couple minutes kibitzing with the shop manager and letting the machine warm up a bit. Then they told the guys to start loading the tank with blocks of peanut butter. We all watched as the guys loaded the first thirty blocks into the tank. Thirty blocks doesn’t sound like much until you realize, that’s three-quarters of a ton of peanut butter! For several minutes, one at a time, we watched them open the box, pull out the bag, open the bag, set it on the ramp, and slide the block through the hatch. The few to land inside made a bang so loud I thought it might dent the tank, but after half a dozen it was just a mild WHUMP. It was cool watching something so mission-specific come to life, because we didn’t know exactly what to expect. This was an original and unique machine, so nobody knew just what it would sound like. Nobody knew its temperaments or personality yet. I was fascinated. And then, it made a sound. A bad sound. An expensive sound. WHUMPUMPshhhhhhhhWHUMPUMPshhhhhhhhhWHUMPUMPshhhhhhh Three people all moved at once to slam the EMERGENCY OFF switch. There wasn’t any way to see inside the tank from the control panel. I knew the mixer was working because the motor on top was spinning, but there wasn’t anything on the outside of the box to actually see. The shafts and gearbox were all washdown rated and enclosed. It took about two minutes for us to figure out just what the hell was wrong. Dad grabbed a flashlight and looked through the hatch and saw that the auger was all cattywampus with the top end hanging from the lovejoy at a painful angle, and the bottom fucked off into a corner of the little square at the bottom of the tank about 4 inches from where it wanted to be. As he explained this, I turned as red as the emergency button they had pushed moments before. I had wired mixer motor for the giant snowblower auger in such a way that it was spinning in the wrong direction. Instead of pulling the contents at the center of the tank upward, it was pushing down on it and the tank top had just enough give that when a rather solid chunk of peanut butter got wedged in between the auger and the bottom of the tank, it had climbed up out of its lower bearing block and started flopping around inside the tank. The whole thing only moved at about one revolution per second, but it moved with authority and was chunking around against the inside of a big metal tank. Needless to say, it made a sound... It was a trivial thing to fix. To change the direction of any three-phase motor all you have to do is disconnect any two of the three power feed wires and reverse them. It took me less than a minute with a screwdriver to get the motor turning in the proper direction. The problem was that someone still had to get the end of the auger shaft seated back in its bearing block, and that was inside the bottom of the tank... Which was only accessible through the tiny hatch where the peanut butter goes in... Which was now heated to a hundred degrees fahrenheit... Nobody said a word, nobody ever ordered me in there - they didn’t have to. There was a ten second meeting without a single word being said and where everyone gave me “that look”. It was clear that I had been voluntold. They turned off the heat and I propped open the hatch with a piece of 2x4 that was sitting on the floor. One of the millwrights got a blower with a long yellow tube about 6 inches in diameter and stuffed it through the hatch to blow fresh air inside. I stripped off my shirt, emptied my pockets, and started towards the tank when Dad cleared this throat. “Um, Son, are you planning on walking home tonight?” “Uhhhhhhh… no? Why?” “Because if you wear those pants in there you’re not fuckin’ sitting in my truck.” “Oh, shit… yeah……… um… I have a problem...” “What’s that?” “I’m… uh… I’m not wearing any underwear.” The millwrights, the electricians, the plumbers, the client, the shop guys, and no small compliment of the line workers all got a laugh out of that one. “You ain’t got nothing we all haven’t seen before, figure it out.” I painfully regretted the fact that I hadn’t worn underwear since I was in elementary school, but luckily I didn’t have much time to think about it. I stripped buck naked, but put my shoes back on for protection and slipped feet-first through the hatch into the peanut butter hot tub. A pair of guys manned the hatch with the blower and held a couple flashlights looking inside so that I could see, and so they could keep an eye on me and make sure I didn’t die. It was... disgusting. The goopy mess was everywhere, instantly. At this point in my life I had long hair that hung in a ponytail halfway to my ass. The tank was over half full and I had to face upwards, reaching behind me to keep my face above the surface and still get the shaft in the hole. It took me perhaps five whole minutes to do the job, but you’d be amazed how many weeks of time can pass in five minutes when you’re the guy in the tank. The shaft dropped in the hole with a THUNK, and the top of the tank shook. The sound was deafening, but it marked my success. Immediately, I reached out the hatch, and a pair of hands pulled me out into the cold, and now, painfully bright room. I was hauled out the hatch, dripping with hot sticky peanut butter that now covered every single inch of my entire body except for my face. The small group of perhaps a dozen guys had grown to well over two dozen men (and a few women) when I came out of there, and they all applauded and cheered like I’d just taken the stage at Woodstock. Every single person in the whole damn shop, even all of the workers from the assembly lines, had come running to see the freakshow. The whole damn factory was at a standstill just to watch my stupid ass emerge naked and covered in slimy peanut butter from that tank. I cannot begin to express how sincerely thankful I am that this happened back in the early 90’s before everyone walked around with a camera in their pocket. I marched my dripping, skinny, shivering, naked ass all the way to the other end of the facility where I was able to get hosed off.. By the time I’d gotten there, about a block and a half in total, the peanut butter had hardened and I was scraping it off in gobs. The moment it got hit with the hose though, it became a strange combination of hard, waxy, greasy, and even more disgusting. Eventually, I was able to get to some manner of reasonably clean. Getting the peanut butter out of my hair was a nightmare that lasted several more showers, however, it came with a weird upside - my hair felt amazing. My shoes, however, would never be quite right again. I got dressed, and now that I wasn’t buck naked and dripping with shit, I got to ride on the little electric cart back to the other end of the factory. The machine was running in full swing and eating blocks of peanut butter at a rate of about three a minute. The line was happy, the client was happy, Dad was happy, and everyone in the whole place had enjoyed the most memorable line upgrade in their history. To this day, I cannot eat peanut butter. But, I’ll never forget to test the phasing on my motors again! submitted by /u/ChrisBoden to r/Skookum [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
ChrisBoden |
Jul 7, 2020 |
|
Feeding Crows In Your Neighborhood: What They Like and What's Safe
A user asked me this question yesterday and I figured it would make for a good larger post. For those who don't know me, which is probably everyone, I'm an ecologist currently studying invasive mosquito population genetics in North America. I have a background in shorebird and grassland bird conservation and arthropod behavior and sensory ecology. Currently working on my Ph.D. I frequently comment in nature-based subs. All this to say, I keep up with crow literature and am very familiar with bird biology. I'm going to share with you safe foods for crows and a little about their feeding behavior. I never expect anyone to take my word for it so I'll share some sources with you as I go along. Thanks for being a part of a sub that is very near and dear to my heart! Crow Feeding Behavior I've noticed crows in my area come to the same places to eat in the morning and again in mid-afternoon. The rest of the day they forage around the neighborhood before returning either to large roosting trees in the Fall/Winter (around 4pm) or to family nests in the Spring and Summer. If you want your home to be a usual place to stop either during their main mealtime or on their foraging tour leave food out the same time every day. Ring a bell, honk a horn, use a crow call (make sure you are trying to sound like a "I've found food" call and not a "Danger!" call. Crows in the neighborhood will associate this with food and come to get treats. Dr. Kaeli Swift shares a two-part blog post, the first by her colleague Loma Pendergraft and the second written by her and Loma if you are interested in crow vocalizations. Here is Part 1 and here is Part 2. Crows love water! If you have birdbaths out they will dip their food in it to soften harder foods and they spend a lot of time drinking. More so than I've noticed with smaller songbirds. Often people will find dead rodents and other things leftover in their birdbaths from crows. What to Feed Crows Before I get into this I'd like to say that crows do not need you to feed them. Thre's a great quote from this article by Dr. John Marzluff: Will the crow be let down if you stop feeding it? Without a doubt. Breaking up is hard to do. Still, after running your predicament by Marzluff, the idea that the crow is "dependent" on you seems a little self-important. "The crow is certainly working the person," Marzluff said. "It will find another meal." Neither do any backyard birds. They are fully capable of foraging unless there is some serious environmental issue happening. I know we are all going to feed them anyway! When I lived in the suburbs I fed birds as well. :) What is safe for crows: Kibble (cat or dog) that is pea-sized - it is full of essential nutrients for omnivores and easy for them pick up and swallow Eggs of any kind Seeds and nuts (unsalted - I'll explain why further down). Cooked small potatoes or thawed tater tots (check tots for salt content, you can get unsalted) Meat scraps (unseasoned) Cheese (check the salt content, definitely no feta or other salty cheese, try to also avoid processed cheeses) Mealworms and crickets What is not safe for crows (and really all birds): Salt - too much salt can cause serious neurological issues in birds. A little salt is okay and some birds are more salt-tolerant than others (pigeons) but they will eat everything you leave out for them which can end up being too much. Birds don't do portion control. Lunchmeat - it's a salt issue Bread - bread is not so much not safe as it's devoid of nutrients. Give them good foods like seeds and nuts, bread is filler. Because I never want you to take someone's word for it here are a few sources about salt: The Royal Society for the Protection of Birds: Garden birds are practically unable to metabolise salt. It is toxic to them in high quantities and affects their nervous system. Under normal circumstances in the wild, birds are unlikely to take harmful amounts of salt. Never put out salted food onto the bird table, and never add salt to bird baths to keep water ice-free in the winter. From Nature Forever Society: The ability to process salt varies between species, but most can produce uric acid with a maximum salt concentration of about 300 mmol/litre. Amongst our garden birds, house sparrows and pigeons are some of the most salt-tolerant species. The capability to secrete salt seems to be linked to habitat, particularly marine environment and drought conditions. Because most garden birds are poor at coping with salty food, it is important not to offer them anything with appreciable amount of salt in it. As such, salty fats, salty rice, salted peanuts, most cured foodstuffs, chips, etc. should not be offered to birds. It can be difficult to eliminate salt entirely, but very small amounts of salt should not cause any problems, particularly if fresh drinking water is also available. All that being said, there are some birds who really love salt, and if you want to leave out a salt option in a safe way you can! The Nationa Audubon Society recommends: Mineral matter such as salt appeals to many birds, including evening grosbeaks, pine siskins, and common redpolls. An easy way to provide it is by pouring a saline water solution over rotted wood until crystals form. If you love Corvids and want to learn more I have a few book recommendations: Gifts of the Crow: How Perception, Emotion, and Thought Allow Smart Birds to Behave Like Humans by Dr. John Marzluff In the Company of Crows and Ravens by Dr. John Marzluff Mind of the Raven: Investigations and Adventures with Wolf-Birds by Dr. Bernd Heinrich Backyard Birds: Welcome to Subirdia by Dr. John Marzluff submitted by /u/FillsYourNiche to r/crowbro [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
FillsYourNiche |
May 8, 2020 |
|
Something in the sea keeps leaving lures to catch me
I’ve always loved the sea. It’s not that I’m a sailor or anything but growing up around the coast means I’ve always felt close to it. My wife and I met for our first date at the beach in Rhodesia and after we returned from teaching abroad in the seventies, we bought out very first house right by the sea in Wales. In that house we raised two sons, four grandchildren, five dogs, and one stray cat, all over the span of thirty-eight years. It’s been a good life. I haven’t regretted a minute of it. Not even as I watched my wife struggle with her chest, and not even when I fell asleep on the sofa and awoke to find her cold in her recliner. Losing her has been the biggest struggle of my entire life. I used to tell her that life wouldn’t be worth living without her, it never even occurred to me I might have to face it. Doctors say it was a clot in her lungs, which is a bitter irony. How many years did I smoke? God, it was most of my life, and I never once saw her even look at a cigarette. The doctor said it was nothing to do with that, but it’s not really the point. The point is that I smoked and drank and ate poorly and every morning she’d wake up early and do the same exercise tape for the best part of twenty-five years. We even kept a VHS player just so she wouldn’t have to get a new routine. Even now it just seems so absurd that she died first, and so young as well. I thought she’d live to be a 100, just like her mother. But life’s funny like that. After her death I’ve spent the last year battling a dark cloud in my mind. My sons have worked hard to keep my head above water, making sure I do simple things like eat and bathe. I lived in a kind of fugue state for the first few months, barely registering who I was speaking to, or what I was doing. It wasn’t until the girl that things changed for me. I was sitting on my bed—this was about two months after the funeral—when I heard a scream. It was about 1am, I reckon. I didn’t sleep much back then. But this scream, it was awful. It wasn’t a panicked scream. No, it was like this agonised screeching, just a short burst of unspeakable agony. Before I even had time to process what had happened I was limping out into my backyard with a robe on, shouting into the wind-whipped darkness. I remember walking up to the threshold of my yard, where it opens up onto a small bit of forestry before the sandy beach and standing there shivering and scared. I was so scared and confused, even as I shouted over and over, “Is anybody out there? Hello!?” The only thing I ever saw that night were the trees lit up by my torch, looking like bright white sticks of chalk against a blackboard. I kept telling myself it was just a fox! But I knew damn well what a fox sounded like, and it wasn’t that. The next day, as soon as the sun rose, I went looking, walking through the woods until I made it down onto the open beach. With the tide just pulling in, and the wet sand reflecting the low winter sun, it felt like standing on a plane of glass that stank of salt and decay. I quickly found a small fire-pit, close to the trees and far from the water. It’s not uncommon for teenagers to come and drink and smoke round here, so I figured that maybe some kids had been hanging around that night. The only other thing around was some dead crabs, bits of driftwood, and a braying tangle of seagulls. At first I ignored them, but as I continued to scan the horizon I glimpsed a flash of colour between their flapping wings. I hurried over and kicked them all away. They’d been fighting over her. It was awful. I knew instantly it was the person who’d screamed. She couldn’t have been much older than thirteen, I reckon. Although the police won’t say for sure because they’re still not sure who she actually is. It’s just something about the backpack… it looked the sort of thing a younger girl might have. She was probably invited along by an older boy and snuck out without her parents knowing. They do it all the time. Hell, I did. Sometimes, when I have nightmares, I still see that seaweed covered pile of ribbon-like flesh. My eldest son gave me a bit of a row for going down there on my own, but the police thanked me for calling them. For weeks afterwards that girl’s death haunted me. I couldn’t stop thinking about it. I just couldn’t get it out of my head. I called the police every day for a week, hoping to hear some updates but they never gave me anything. It’s not that I was hoping for good news. I knew better than to expect good news. But some answers, maybe… I hoped to find some answers. And yet nothing ever came, at least not from there. What I did then was to start waiting in my backyard each night. I kind of hoped I might see something. A part of me, deep down, deep deep down, hoped I might even be able to stop whatever had hurt her and martyr myself in the process. After a few weeks of nothing but wind, I started walking the beach each morning, worried I might find another victim. I felt like I was the only one who even really cared. I know that’s not true, but in that house, all on my own, I felt like I was the only one even trying to stop it happening again. It was during one of those walks I first saw the line. I didn’t recognise it for what it was. No. It just looked like seaweed. A plump piece of seaweed that lay on the wet sandy shore like half-chewed liquorice, while a black stalk as thick as my wrist ran all the way into the sea. I stared at it for a bit, horrified by the smell and the way it seemed to writhe and bubble in the open air. I thought it might have been some strange unseen animal. I was set to ignore it but something about the pustule-covered oily surface piqued my curiosity so badly that I grabbed a nearby stick and poked it. I wasn’t prepared for what happened next. I don’t think anyone could be. The mass just… disappeared. At first I heard a loud twang, and then a splash, then I felt a breeze around my face, and then I was just looking at a crater in the sand. But I cannot emphasise just how quick this thing was. By the time my brain had even registered the thing’s absence, it was long gone! I didn’t even see it move. It just… disappeared. It was like someone had edited a camera to make it disappear from one frame to the next. At first, I sort of just suppressed the strange experience. I thought it was unrelated to everything and I wasn’t in a very good place mentally, so I just sort of forgot it. I was still hoping I might find out what happened to that girl, and as far as I was concerned that thing was probably just a weird fish. Except, the next day, I went for my morning walk and it was back. This time, there were some feathers sticking out of it. Up close to it, I saw the mangled, half-alive body of a seagull. It looked awful. The bird was squawking over and over and the brutal half-broken flapping of its wings made a terrible racket. I didn’t know exactly what had happened to it, I suspected it may have become trapped, maybe when it was looking for some food. I’ve always had a policy of being kind to animals, so I bent down to pull it out and… There was the sound of something going taut, the thronging of a rope, and then a crack, and then a whoosh, and then I was looking at nothing. It was so utterly bizarre and shocking, I didn’t even react at first. I just stood there, trying to process what I’d seen. I decided afterwards that maybe it wasn’t so good for me to go walking the beach during the morning. I half suspected I was going a bit mad. A few weeks passed, after that. The girl was what occupied my mind during that time. I was happy to have a distraction from the death of my wife, and in some ways I thought that by worrying over this poor dead child I was doing something nobler than just looking after myself. It remained like that for quite some time, until one day I woke up and looked outside to find my bins thrown around the garden. This sort of thing can happen now and again, of course. What with foxes being quite common. But foxes don’t normally move the heavy wheely bins. It would have been a struggle for me to drag them that far, let alone an animal. Going downstairs I saw all my rubbish thrown around and initially my heart sank at the thought of having to clean it up, but as I approached one bin that had snagged on a bush I suddenly noticed that it wasn’t actually a bin at all. It was the seaweed, again. The way the plastic rubbish was dotted around and through it, and the way it looked so shiny and strange… well it looked very much like a bin bag. It was… well it was convincing. And that’s what made me stop. That’s what made me scared. There was even a clump of black seaweed at the very top, shaped just like a little knot. Exactly the kind of knot you’d tie at the top of a bin bag. And the way it was nestled in the bush meant that you had to look quite hard to see the twisted stalk trailing off into the woods. I couldn’t understand it. It was terrifying because nothing was making any sense, but I was pretty sure that this thing… whatever it was… well it was trying to trick me. And not just in the way that a moth might trick a spider with camouflage. No, this felt like a very clever trick. For a moment, I actually reached down, ready to give it a quick poke and see what happened, when I heard a creak. It sounded like rope under tension, or wood being stood on. It sounded like something winding up in anticipation. I hesitated, and then just decided to leave it alone and back away. Something about the thing changed when I stopped bending down and moved away. It suddenly began to throb. It looked a little bit like it had been holding its breath to stay still. By the time I’d walked up the stairs, I looked out the window and saw that it was already gone. It was a few days before I saw it again. Enough time had passed that I had managed to try and forget at least a little bit of had happened. I’d spent all day watching TV, just like I do every day, and then fallen asleep in the living room chair. When I woke up the window was open and the lights were off. I could feel the draft. It felt sharp and cold and my knees ached from where the blanket had slid down onto the floor. I wiped my face of drool and checked my watch, seeing that it was 2am. I was groggy at this stage, thinking that it was a little unusual that I’d turned the lights off. Still, my wife had always kept a lamp beside her chair to help her read and I reached over to turn it on when I heard a subtle creak. I froze and looked across. It was there. It was smaller this time, probably to help it fit through the window. But it was there. It was bunched around the lamp, steady and waiting. If it wasn’t for the moonlight pouring in through the living room window I would never have seen it. That slick black flesh disappeared utterly into shadow. Looking around I saw the twisted black stalk, as thick as my arm, trailing across my living room floor and up through the open window. I stood up, shaking with fear and I went and the turned the light on, noticing the strange black-purple residue that was left on the switch. That same residue now soaked my carpet, filling my living room with the stench of rotting fish and strange, salty air. Once again, that strange mass had started throbbing once I moved away, looking like it had relaxed its dreadful ruse. I grabbed a nearby newspaper and in anger I walked over and hit it. I don’t know exactly what I expected, but the speed of the thing… The living room window was practically torn out of the wall, the air rushed in as if displaced from an explosion, and my rug had friction burns! Actual burns charred into the fibre from where this thing had moved so fast it had damn near ignited the nylon! And the newspaper I’d held? It had been snatched out of my hand so fast my skin was left bloodied and my wrist was sore for days. But what worried me the most, even in the moment, was the sense that it had actively tried to grab me. My eyes had barely registered it, but I swore I saw that thing clamp onto the paper with phlegmy tendrils. If it wasn’t for the fact I’d used a random object, it would have succeeded. After that I couldn’t get the idea out of my head. It was a lure. It was a God damned fishing lure! It was a smart, sophisticated fishing lure and it was trying to drag me into the damn sea! What the hell for I couldn’t imagine! But I had a good guess that when it was done with me, it wouldn’t be throwing me back. I became paranoid, pretty quickly. I started carrying a flashlight with me at all times and I never left any windows open. But there was this horrible sense… you see I knew nothing about this thing. But it had known enough about me to switch off the light and then set the lamp up as a lure. I started double-checking every little thing. Would it rig the toilet paper for one of my many midnight bathroom trips? Would it rig the very rug I walked on to get to the lights? What about my bed? My pillows? My clothes? How often do you wake up, groggy eyed and barely sentient, and shamble into your morning routine? It wasn’t just the fear, it was the false positives. It was the way I’d scold myself if I grabbed something without looking. It was the way I’d live in constant fear of messing up all over again. I made sure I knew just how much luck had saved my skin up until that point, and I kept telling myself my luck would not hold for much longer. That’s not a healthy way to live, by the way. It’s actually quite exhausting. I just kept hoping it would somehow end, and as the weeks passed I started to hope that maybe the lure had left me alone, finding me a little too smart. Looking back, that’s quite a laughable idea. If anything, I had drastically underestimated the lure. You see, I’d always had a fondness for cats. My wife had preferred dogs and while I love all animals, I’d grown up with cats and I liked their company a lot and secretly I’d always wished we could have had more. It was late one night when I heard a strained meow coming from just beyond my window. It was a stormy night and you could hear the sea battering the distant cliffs. I ignored it at first, because it’s so typical for cats around here to fight and cry. But the sound kept coming. Sitting there, listening to this creature in pain, I couldn’t help but get to thinking… Wouldn’t it be nice if I had a cat in my old age? I could find one and help it and call the vets in the morning and then the cat would maybe stick around. I had images of a little ginger tabby cat sauntering around the kitchen as I pottered about. God, I was being so stupid… I rushed outside and followed the noise. It was almost regular, like a church organ. When I traced it, I found a cat’s back-end sticking out of a bush. It looked like a little like it was struggling, almost like it had become stuck. I was so wound up, so broken from the lack of sleep and distressed by the sound of pain that I came so close, mere inches away from touching the orange fur. But, something within me told me otherwise. In the moment I hated it. I hated that thought. I so badly wanted to help another living thing that I secretly loathes this part of me that suggested that maybe, just maybe, it was all part of the lure. I took a deep breath and pulled back the bushes and what I saw horrified me. It hadn’t even found a living cat. Or if it had, it certainly hadn’t let it live for long. You see, this thing, this amorphous tendril-wielding lump of tobacco spit come-to-life, had driven long-knuckled fingers that looked like grotesque spider legs deep into the belly of this cat. Before my very eyes I saw those fingers spread the cat’s ribs and then squeeze them shut, pushing a withering and unnatural cry out of the animal’s mouth as it did so. It was like some twisted hellish version of a bag-pipe. I fell backwards and screamed. The very sight made me want to vomit. I couldn’t bear it. I was so angry I wanted to grab that damn lure and yank whatever the hell was in that ocean out to meet me and face my wrath. It took every ounce of my willpower to stop myself. That’s what made it so clever. It knew. It knew exactly how to push my buttons. It wasn’t about tricking me that time. It was about goading me. It took every bit of strength to hold myself back. But in anger I stood and screamed at it, “Go away! Just fuck off and leave me alone!” With that, the cat’s body suddenly slumped and fell down. When I looked in the bush once more there was no sign of the lure. It had gone, leaving me with the poor animal’s body. I buried it that night, sobbing the whole time. The next morning, I called my son and asked him to take me to a home. One that’s far away from the sea. Since then I’ve just been waiting. I’ve been ready to go for days. I don’t want to take anything with me. It hurts just to look at it now. All I wanted to do was leave. I thought that maybe if I got far away… But, like always, I just keep underestimating the lure. I thought that my son would be coming this morning. He was supposed to. He rang at midday, a good few hours after he was expected. He was hysterical. He kept saying no one could understand why. No one knew why. “Why what?” I’d asked. “Why they’d dig her up, Dad. Why would anyone take her body?” And now it’s night time. It’s night and my head is hurting and I’m afraid. I’m afraid of what’s upstairs. I’m afraid of the sound of smashing glass that I heard an hour ago, and the strange and dreadful thumping that followed it. I’m most afraid because when I went upstairs to check on what had happened nothing looked different. It was the most normal thing in the world: a sight I’ve seen a thousand times. My bedroom, the lampshade on, my slippers ready. And worst of all, the duvet-covered shape of my wife, her chest rising and falling. submitted by /u/ChristianWallis to r/nosleep [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
ChristianWallis |
Sep 12, 2019 |
|
I have a secret garden!
I didn't realize it until this morning. I've always wanted one, ever since reading the book as a child. A secret place only I knew about, filled to the brim with all the plants I thought looked awesome. So I started growing a real garden in the backyard a couple years ago. Had no idea what I was doing, but I turned out to be good at it. I've got too many roses, herbs I'll never use but like because they bring out the bees and butterflies. Its not done, it isn't as jungley as I wanted. But its on its way. Its not secret, though. I love showing it off to my friends and family. Occasionally the internet. Everyone in my life knows I'm obsessed with my plants right now. The secret bit is what I've been calling the under-garden. I've put up birdfeeders in the flower beds. When I'm out there alone I've counted upwards of 50 birds at a time coming in to eat and use the birdbaths. Sparrows, a few different kinds of finch, and doves come and they bring their fledglings with. I've even seen hummingbirds teaching the kids to eat from my feeders. There are 3-4 types of gnat catcher that hang around. For a few weeks in the spring bright orange orioles use the garden as a rest stop. I saw a blue bird out there a few weeks ago, that was new. A few times I've been sitting in my rocking chair reading and a goddamn hawk comes barreling through. Mostly hunting, but sometimes takes breaks in the bird bath, too. Field mice have moved into the brick wall of the raised flower bed. They run around, poke their heads out of the tunnels they've made, climb over all the rocks and decorations I've got. Its adorable, and entertains my dogs so much. Its like tv for them, they just sit there and watch and make futile gestures at catching one. I haven't even gotten to the squirrels. Or all the different kinds of bees and general buggy types. I know where to find them. I know which ones are new. And none of it is anything I can physically share with anyone else. The birds don't bring the babies when there are unknown elements around. Other people only get to see it from a distance. Its special. Its mine. I never suspected a garden was going to be the thing in my life I love the most. submitted by /u/gingeralefiend to r/offmychest [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
gingeralefiend |
Jul 20, 2019 |
|
RECAP! Intimate Backyard Garden Wedding 06.01.18
I had my wedding Friday, June 1st and spent all of my engagement mostly lurking on here, but I got a lot of ideas and information from here and wanted to recap our day! Lots of photos! Details! Engaged: Oct. 2016 Background: The first wedding plan we had was very different than the end result. My parents and I had gone to a bridal fair last January and ended up talking to a mostly all-inclusive golf course venue. My parents were sold pretty much immediately because thevenue could do most things for us. So my fiancé and I went and visited it, were ok with it and my parents paid the $1000 deposit. So the months are going by, I’m trying to get stuff planned and it’s not going well. One day in early November, I went home to get some wedding planning done with my parents and they can tell we are not excited with the wedding we are planning: it’s big, expensive, impersonal and boring. My mom and dad half jokingly/half seriously mentioned ditching our current plans and getting married at my grandparent’s home, in their garden, something I’ve always dreamed of but had pushed out of my mind because our current guest list had over 225 people. We kept talking about it and then I talked about it with my FH, and we decided to go with it! We were going to cut our guest list down dramatically by only including parents, grandparents, siblings, and close friends which ended up being 38 people (including the 2 of us) in the end (and everyone invited showed). This part was hard, now we had to break the news to people, which not everyone took the best…and to get around the no aunts and uncles we actually ended up having his aunt be our officiant (because we wanted her to and so she could come). But it worked out for the best, people were understanding in the end accepted our decision. There are more reasoning behind our decision, but that’s kind of the jist of it. And we are so happy we did because our wedding was down right magical and so “us.” Budget: Ok, I have to be honest. I don’t know what it ended up costing. When we changed plans, we were less strict with our budget because a lot of things changed: we didn’t have to pay a venue fee (although we did lose our $1000 deposit), we were getting pizza instead of the inhouse catered meals, my husband’s dad brewed the beer and then we got boxed wine and some champagne, we barely needed any florals, plus we needed to buy stuff for less than 40 people, so we knew regardless it would cost less in the end. I’m going to guess about $10,000-$13,000 (including our lost deposit)? This included some rentals (tent etc.), buying everything for the place settings, our clothes, food and drink, photography, videography, florals, hair and makeup, and a bunch of miscellaneous stuff. Ask me questions if you want to know more. Location: My hometown in MN Venue: My grandparent’s Victorian home, mostly outside. We got married in the gazebo which is surrounded by their rose garden and serenity garden. My grandparents home has always been beautiful (they’ve been on holiday parade of homes and garden tours), but I know they put a TON of extra work in just for the wedding. It was beyond beautiful. Because their garden and home is so beautiful, this really reduced what we needed for decor. I made sure to add some good details shots in the pictures so you can get an idea. We were lucky the weather was so great because our Plan B was pretty much just wing it. Timeline: 8-1130: Set up, and our wedding party started showing up around 11 11:30-12:30 Lunch, mill about, finish set up 12:30-3:00 Girls get H/MU done and guys and dogs play frisbee golf/shower 3:00-3:45 Everyone gets back to venue and gets dressed 3:45-6:00 Pictures, guests were invited to start arriving at 5:30 for appetizers and drinks 6:15-6:45 Ceremony (started late because pictures ran long and husband’s mom had a flat tire) 6:45-7:15 Move chairs, food arrives, dogs get picked up, few more pictures 7:15-? Eat dinner, speeches, toast, more pictures, dessert 8:45 or 9? First dance between us, father/daughter, and mother/son followed by dance party 9:25: sparkler send off 9:30: people start leaving, clean up starts, my friends gather their stuff 10:10 the party bus picked us up We chose a Friday for our wedding and it worked really well for us. All of our guests were within an hour and a half of the location and it wasn't in area with bad traffic. We also planned a 6:00 ceremony time so that people could come after work or hopefully only take a half day. We told people they could come at 5:30 and had drinks and appetizers ready for people right when they got there. We (and from what we heard from our guests) liked the Friday wedding because the next day felt like Sunday but was only Saturday! The Good: -Pretty much everything! Almost everything went as we planned minus a few hiccups, but the day was perfect. We had a bunch of people tell us it was so “us” and the most beautiful wedding they’d been to -We had a bunch of personal touches: FH and I made all the centerpieces (an assortment of terrariums), I hand painted the signs (welcome, program alternative, and LotR sign), I made the picture/favorite quotes bunting, we collected teacups and saucers for our cupcakes and coffee, little bird journals for our vows, hand picked ribbons for our handfasting, silly kisses, our first dance (Do you Love me by Guster), my dad and I danced to a reggae song (Sound of Sunshine by Michael Franti), we cut a fruit tart instead of cake (with elephant toppers), I hand painted (watercolor) and wrote all the place cards, I folded and pressed all the napkins which each got a single purple rose -My husband performed “Can’t Help Falling in Love” by Elvis Presley for my processional! We had kept it secret from everyone except the videographer, officiant, and our friend controlling the music. He had practiced so many times and he performed it perfectly! Cue the waterworks. For the bridal party, they walked to “What a Wonderful World”by Louis Armstrong and our recessional was “Lava” from the Pixar short -Our ceremony! We had his aunt officiate and she got ordained just for us! She did a great job! We wrote most the script then left spots for her to write her own stuff and let her put most of what was written in her own voice. We had my grandpa read Union by Robert Fulghum, DH’s grandma read Cosmos by Carl Sagan, and a friend read The Greatest Adventure: The Ballad of the Hobbit from the animated The Hobbit series. We also had a handfasting ceremony and wrote our own vows. -Our dogs were great! This was one of the biggest causes of stress because we wanted them to be apart of it so bad, but it was a lot to figure out, plus our one dog is kind of nervous. But we worked it out and had them as Best Dog and Dog of Honor. The morning of, we all went to my grandparent’s to set up and I put them in their playpen in the shade with a brand new cooling dog bed. They did cry some of the morning (even though I got some amazing new bones for them) but would quiet when people came and said hi. Then when the girls went for hair and makeup, I had the guys take them frisbee golfing to tire them out (although I was told they got really dirty). When the guys showered at my parent’s, they got to run around with my parent’s dog to tire out more, so they were pretty good for the pictures and ceremony. During the ceremony, Samwise (black and white) laid really nicely on the rug in the gazebo so happy because he finally got to be by me, but I got to watch Pippin (corgi mix) get fed treats throughout the ceremony by the best man because she was a little less content. Then after the ceremony I had a co-worker and her girlfriend come and get them and drive them to our house (45 minutes) and stay the night with them . -My brother was a Rockstar. First he and his fiancé spent so much time setting things up and helping out with all the details. He and I have not been that close but have started to in the last few years as we’ve grown up, plus weddings aren’t really his thing, so that meant a lot to me. Later, when the guys were leaving my parents after showering, they loaded the dogs up in the car and my parent’s dog (who was my dog in high school) got out too and got in the car. She doesn’t do well in the car so they put her back inside and she was heartbroken. As we are doing pictures, my brother showed up with the her! It was incredible! I bawled and am so glad we got some pics with her and got to include her in the day too! -Everybody got along! My husband's family come with some drama (teen parents that were never really together, a mom and step mom that don’t get along, a mom that thrives on drama, and a crazy grandma) but everyone was able to be an adult for the night! Plus, one thing I really like about having a small guest list was everyone interacted with each other instead of staying in their group. -Once the wedding was over our friends and us (15 people) took a party bus back to the town DH and I live in (45 minutes away) and went back to a hotel with a 24 hour pool. The party bus was awesome, so much fun and the driver was great. He drove downtown so we could hang out the windows and wave to the bar people. During that, DHs glasses fell off out the window and the driver turned around for us to get them! At the hotel, we partied a bit in someone’s room (we had 6 rooms total and 2 of them connected) then pooled and hottubed till 2 AM (we were the only people in there!) and then went to Perkins across the street until 3:30. The next morning, we had 3 cars arranged to drive everyone back -Our photographers and videographers. The videographer was the first vendor I picked because I loved their stuff, it was super affordable, and we get a 7 minute video. He was a blast to work with. Lot’s of fun, never in the way, great at getting people to open up. I can’t wait to see the video! Our photographers were also amazing! We actually booked just the photpgrapher and he just brings a second shooter a long. They were both super fun and said we were a blast to work with. We chose our photographer because he shoots documentary style and really wanted good candids to really capture the emotion of the day. Our photographer said he is retiring from weddings to focus on his commercial work and we were one of his last few weddings! So glad we got him because his work is so good. Plus, he was really understanding and gave me preview of 27 pictures at 2 am after the wedding so that I could bring some to my other grandpas 95th birthday (who wasn’t able to attend) Photographer: Dean Riggott Videographer: Make your Memory -We ended up working with a lot of local vendors. Most of the businesses we ended up using were within 2 blocks of each other in our small town. The pizza place was right next to the bakery that made our appetizers, salads, and desserts, which was 2 doors down from the florist, which was across the street from the store my mom got her dress from, which was down the street from the restaurant we got our truffle favors from. -The bouquets and boutonnieres were perfect! I went in with one inspiration photo and told her that I wanted lots of greenery, ferns, just a little pop of color, and something full with a slightly messy and cascading look with complementary bridesmaids bouquets and boutonnieres. The florist nailed it. The bad: -It was hot. Outside and the house ended up getting pretty hot. Everyone was sweating. I'm surprised my hair ended up looking as good as it did for the pictures and ceremony (particularly my bangs) because I was all sweaty. -I lost my chill just a bit during the end of pictures/right before the ceremony. I had a picture schedule all worked out, but people kept wandering off so we got behind a bit. Plus, DHs mom had gotten a flat tire on her way and that pushed things back a bit. Plus I was hungry. So I started freaking out just a bit because I would tell someone to be here/stay here for pictures or the ceremony and then they'd wander off and I’d have to find them just for someone else to wander off. So we ended up starting 15-20 minutes late, and that stressed me out. -DH’s mom got a flat tire. She is always late to everything but promised she would be there early for pictures and just to make sure she wasn’t late. Then DH gets a call from her saying she got a flat tire (like really flat, where it shredded) on her way to pick up her mom. She ended up getting family to help her out but she was late. At one point someone said that we might just need to start but I insisted we wait. There was no way we could get married when DH’s mom wasn't there. My husband told me this meant a lot to him because he knows she and I have a rocky relationship and I’m not the biggest fan of her and he thought I might actually say we should just start. -One of the signs I made fell when it caught a gust of wind and shattered in the grass. At least it wasn’t the one I wanted to keep out of the 2 -I wore a strapless bra under my top and the rubber strip on it that is supposed to keep it up rubbed on my skin all night and caused blisters on each side of my ribs. I didn’t even notice until my husband pointed them out in our hotel room later, but it sure was painful for the next few days. -My veil kept falling out when ever someone hugged our put their arm around me. We probably should have bobby pinned it in, but instead just relied on the comb. I think we had to shove it back in at least 50 times. I had originally wanted to wear it all night but ended up just giving up after the ceremony -I thought I would be a crying mess all day but I wasn't! Once in a while I would start to cry but I'd almost always start laughing right away because I was just so happy! Other notes -My MOH/best friend broke up with her boyfriend of 3 years whom she lived with like 2 weeks before the wedding. I thought it might go poorly but she truly was the best. There for me 100%. I ended up telling her she should bring her little sister for her plus 1 and she said yes, which made me so happy because I love her so much! -We have some amazing artist friends and family and got some great homemade things for gifts! One of our couple sets of friends make us a set of bags! He built it and she painted it, one as each of our dogs! It was the most amazing thing ever. Our photographer made sure to get each dog with their board. Our friend who read The Hobbit reading, painted us LotR style with watercolors and put a quote from the reading on it. My grandpa does a lot of glass art, and gave us a glass mosaic of a jaguar! It is incredible! -We had to deal with drama from just this small of a guest list, I can’t even imagine if we had more people. -My parents and grandparents were just amazing. They put a tremendous amount of work into it and it was absolutely perfect. We all keep talking about how we are still on that wedding high when we think about it. I immediately printed them a few sets of pictures so they could show off to everyone -Looking back at pictures, I wish I would have been more aware of the mess I had in the room that the girls and I got ready in. There is a huggies box just sitting on the bed and a backpack on the floor that ended up in some of my favorite pictures -If I learned 1 thing from recaps it was make sure there is enough water, easily accessible at all times! We had a few coolers filled with bottled water and LaCroix, a 2 gallon jug filled with lemon water, each spot had a glass filled with ice water, and each table had 2 32 oz carafes. This was along with beer, wine, and soda for people to drink -We did not have a rehearsal dinner. Pretty much everyone that would have gone to that would be at the wedding so we didn't think there was a point. The morning of, we had the bridal party practice walking twice and it went fine. Another round or two of practice would have helped, but oh well. -We didn't stay hidden before the ceremony. We interacted with all the guests and took pictures before the ceremony. I think that covers everything I wanted to share! Ask me any questions you have! submitted by /u/MrsPineappleG to r/weddingplanning [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
MrsPineappleG |
Jun 28, 2018 |
|
I will tell you exactly what is going on here, this is critical information to understand if you are going to make money in this space. How prices work, and what moves them - and it's not money invested/withdrawn.
/edit: Hi /r/all. While I have your attention, I want to take 5 seconds of your time and bring some exposure to something that is threatening our existence as the human race. If you aren't interested, please skip down to the main article. I'm talking about finding a way to live sustainably on this planet, regenerative agriculture, where we get our food from, and how we can make sure that our kids and grandkids have something left once we leave. Please consider reading up on Permaculture, sustainable living, Forest gardening, Backyard Chickens, etc. Consider following what I did and do it for yourself. This all used to be a useless lawn. Bored for a night? Go watch "Sustainable" on Netflix. Look into people like Geoff Lawton, Mark Shepard, Sepp Holzer, these people are going to save us. Want to make a small change yourself? Grow a tomato plant on your balcony in a pot. Reduce transport of the tomatoes you eat, and make ~$50 per plant in saved money. Want to do something bigger? Plant a fruit tree in your backyard. Maybe two. Maybe a raspberry bush. You are now part of saving the human race. If everyone reading this planted a fruit tree, or even some wild flowers, we could save the bees. While you are at it, planting a fruit tree has been shown to be one of the best investments on the planet. There's pretty much no investment on the planet that is more financially lucrative (while still being nearly bullet-proof safe) than planting a fruit tree. You can get a tree at an end of sale auction for literally 5-10 bucks, and that tree will produce THOUSANDS of dollars of fruit for you in it's lifetime. Go spend $200 bucks at an end of season sale, plant 10-20 trees (if you have room), and that $200 will be worth tens of thousands of dollars of saved money. Do it right, set it up right and it's almost no work because you offload the work to nature - as it has done for the last few billion years. Go learn how, let me show you how. If you do it right, it's zero work after you have planted and wood-chipped, and all you do is pull dollars off a tree. Original post starts below. I apologize for the shilling of Permaculture, but I think loss of topsoil will impact us all if we don't reverse it soon. We need soil, we need bees, we need food. We need to stop buying December Bananas in Canada. We need to start supporting local permaculture sustainable farms. We need to do this or we may not make it, and our grandkids stand no chance. I also expended the "now what happens" section, to explain how these pullbacks are a good thing, make crypto more stable, and why we keep seeing larger ceilings after every pullback... this stuff is really important for you to make money on this thing, if that's your goal.... I've made a similar post in a few spots, and this is something that is absolutely critical for people to understand... what impacts price, and what is going on lately. Price has only a very minor correlation with money invested, and a major correlation with opinion. ... and Humans are an emotional bunch. So what drives price of any commodity, crypto, gold, pizzas, whatever? The money invested in it, right? Kind of, but not really. What if I told you that you could theoretically raise bitcoin from $15k to $20k by spending $1, and lower it from $25k to $1k by spending the same $1? Crazy right? AN EXAMPLE This is going to start out slow, I want to make sure I get everyone on the same page before I pick things up and lift the curtain. Stick with me here.... This is an example to help illustrate why prices aren't driven by money invested, but rather consensus and opinion. Lets imagine the following exists (we will use bitcoin as an example, but this is how everything on the planet works) Lets say Bitcoin is currently priced at $10k (the last sale). From $11k to $99k, every $1k there is someone with a sell order of 1 full bitcoin. From $9k to $1 dollar, every $1k on the way down there is someone with a buy order of 1 full bitcoin. So, right now if you wanted to buy bitcoin you have several options... meet the lowest seller's price of $11k, or, put your own buy order up, above the highest buyer's bid order (overcut them). If you decide to just place an order, the price doesn't change. If you decide the buy the $11k bitcoin, now bitcoins value is $11k, with a new lowest sell offer of $12k, and a highest buy bid of $10k. Someone else comes in an overcuts the buy bid and puts 1 BTC for sale for $11k. No trades are made until someone matches a buy/sell. Okay, that's kindergarten stuff, most people here understand that. So how much money drove the price up in this situation? $11k, and BTC price raised 11/10, 1.10, or 10% from the last sale. Now the entire marketcap of BTC raised 10% (last sale multiplied by circulating supply). So it takes $11k to drive a 10% increase, right? Not at all. Lets look at what happens when news is released. News comes out that Warren Buffet thinks bitcoin is a scam, a bubble, and he wouldn't touch it with a 10 foot pole because he only invests in things he understands and he doesn't understand crypto. People panic everywhere, and believe "this guy is smart, I'm overvaluing this thing". Suddenly people don't want to buy this scam anymore, and the buy orders for $11k, $10, and $9k are taken down. At the same time, the people wanting to sell start to panic and just want out. The guy at $32k (who just had that offer up "just incase it moons") drops down to $11k sell order. The guy at $12k, who was the lowest, now undercuts him to $10k. The other buyers see the sellers undercutting and think that if these people want out, why am I buying in. The $8k guy pulls his offer, and so do the $7k, $6k and $5k guys. The highest offer is now $4k. The sellers panic further and the $14k guy undercuts the $10k guy and puts up a $9k sell. The $15k, 17k and 11k guys all see this flurry of panic and now a storm undercutting is triggered, to $8k, $7k, and $6k. The $8k order pulls his again and goes down to $5k. The price on the buy and sell orders has moved around a ton, but no sales have actually happened yet. Technically, BTC is still "worth" $11k, and the market cap reflects that. All this horseshit has happened, and it only happened in 10 seconds, but the price hasn't moved yet. The $27k guy wakes up and checks his phone. He had a $27k offer just incase the price moved also, and he also only has a tiny infinitesimal fraction of a BTC. Well, he decides "he's out" and fills $1 worth of the part of the $4k guys buy offer. The latest price information is now updated, and BTC fell from $11k to $4k price per BTC with the movement of a single dollar. This is exaggerated example, but this is what moves price. Not money in vs money out. The ONLY THING that moves price is perception. OPINION FLOW AND NOT MONEY FLOW Now the above example only happens if everyone simultaneously believe the same thing... this the asset they are holding is a steaming turd. What happens in reality is there's no black and white, it's shades of gray. It's flow in vs flow out. But again, not flow MONEY, but rather OPINIONS. If 66% of the holders of something all of a sudden unanimously decide that their asset is overvalued, then they panic sell. Even if 33% of the people decide they are going to buy up as much as these panic sellers sell, if the panic is strong enough, and they are slitting eachother's throat to sell, then the buyers just happily sit and let them do that, and time their buys in. Very little money has to actually change hands in order for this price to crash, all that matters is the FLOW OF OPINION has to be swift and violent, and in majority. The sellers will leapfrog eachother on the way down, faster than the buyers scoop up their sales, and the net result is a crashed price. Note, this happens both ways... fear, uncertainty and doubt (FUD) as well as overhyped FOMO (Fear of missing out). So now what happens? Time goes by and all holders opinions of their asset hasn't changed. They still think it's worth $11k and they got great deals scooping up what these sellers were selling. The weak hands have left the market and have been replaced with holders. Overall, now a higher percentage of holders believe in the product they are holding and are unwilling to sell for the panic prices of the last week. Panic sellers were also replaced by new money, people who have wanted in for a while and are now in on their perceived ground floor. Also, people who bought BTC at $1 ten years ago and have been looking for an exit to cash profits have now been replaced by either long term holders, or by these new people who are thrilled to have finally entered, and they are looking to hold long. So what happens on pullbacks? The number of people waiting to jump off the ship has decreased. The new ground floor is established. Are we done? Who knows, this could go on for another year, but what matters is that people who want off are getting off and people that want on are getting on. People who have panic sold and never believed in this in the firstplace... people who have wanted out for 10 years... they have been replaced by people who are now getting in on THEIR GROUND FLOOR, and are going to be holding long. The market is suddenly increasingly more stable today than it was yesterday, even though prices are down. This is a good thing. This is why crypto keeps bouncing back from pullbacks and reaches new higher ceilings and floors each time. Old money who wanted out, and new panic holders, they are gone. They are replaced with adopters, holders, believers in this technology. These people aren't selling anytime soon, because they believe that this thing is going to revolutionize the world. Every crash brings more of these people in, and removes more panic sellers out. Moving forward Now news releases start coming out about how stock ETFs are being created, NASDAQ index funds, bank support, government support. Companies are using this tech, and companies who use blockchain for transportation are putting non-blockchain companies out of business. The people on the outside looking-in feel they are missing out. They now start coming in and buying. They start overpricing eachother on their buy orders, and eventually it gets close enough to a sell order that someone decides they are just going to meet the sell price. The sale goes through. Sellers (HODLERs) see this action, and they start pulling sell orders off the table almost as fast as they fill. Sure some trades go through, and incoming money is driving the price up as market orders are filled. But what's also happening is people are seeing this flurry of volume, and sellers are pulling sell orders and placing them higher. Junk coins and pump and dump scam coins are dying by the millions. In their ashes, good solid technology projects whose coins have fundamental economic reasons for growth, these are rising. Corporate partnerships continue forming. The real world continues to create actual use cases. Companies start storing more and more corporate information on blockchain. Public companies use blockchain to store scientific research (See Canadian Research Council announcements), and blockchain acts as a Library of Alexandria. People can travel out of country without any monetary exchange, using their chosen cryptocurrency to buy the things they need abroad. The world is slowly actually USING this technology. Money is coming in, but more importantly, OPINION IS CHANGING. Literally nothing could have happened in terms of fundamentals, partnerships, etc... this can all be driven entirely emotional, so long as it's wide-spread and strong. Infact, the market could THEORETICALLY rebound in this way from $4000/BTC to $1 MILLION PER BITCOIN by the sale of ONE PENNY. $4000 sound low? Does that number make you uncomfortable? We may go that low. We may not. If we do, I'm not panicking and selling, I'm buying more. SO WHAT HAS HAPPENED IN THE LAST FEW MONTHS? and where are we going? A lot of new money has come in from Nov-Jan, and they don't really know what they are investing in. Sure some of them have done great research and are smart investors but most people aren't and isntead they are buying Symbols and Names and trading on speculation. They are treating their favorite coins like a sports team, and will follow them irrationally off a cliff. These new people came in and invested in cryptocurrency because their OPINION was heavily influenced in Nov, Dec, Jan, from media. They saw this money making machine called crypto. They were willing to pay huge, ride the wave up, keep buying, etc. They were "ground floor adopters" and were going to get rich. They outnumber the old money by A LOT. Their OPINION MATTERS. It matters the most. To keep this in perspective, they are also a VAST MINORITY of "new money" that will enter the game in the next decade. This cycle will continue over and over and over. Their opinion rose nearly unbounded and price rose accordingly. Market cap rose from 10B to 750B, and it could have been VERY LITTLE actual money that did this. How much did it need to be though? Literally ONE PENNY, theoretically. All that matters in moving price is MOMENTUM OF OPINION. I believe it has been estimated that as low as 6B USD was responsible for the bull rush. These people then started hearing "Bubble", "Scam", Fake news about governments banning. They don't understand how technology wins, always. Crypto is beyond government control. If they could have stopped Bitcoin they would have done it already. WHO IS DRIVING ALL THIS? Most investment opportunities go first to "accredited investors". You need to have multimillions in order to get in on the ground floor for most stock IPOs, and we're seeing that start to happen with coin ICOs. Bitcoin was a joke for the first few years, while lunatics picked it up. At this point, it was really too late to get in "early", and who would have wanted to anyways, it was all still a joke. So Wallstreet, banks, governments have generally watched on the sidelines as average Joes who were crazy enough to be early adopters and toss $100 on fake internet money slowly became millionaires. Not only that, but the idea of blockchain started to become understood. The power and value in it became understood. Not only as a way to track "monetary value" but for many other applications as well. Platforms were created, business uses brainstormed, products started being made. This thing started taking off, and wasn't a joke anymore. But regardless, big money wasn't in on the ground floor. They have stakeholders opinions to think of, and what do they say to investors when they lose all their money on magic internet points? But they have woken up now. This thing has "popped" many times now and keeps recovering. This thing won't die. could they have been wrong all along? If they want in, how do they get in? They are no dummies, they have been controlling the world their whole lives? Look at the media experiment that Trump is doing? He is testing just how we work... you can do literally anything and we remember it for like 30 seconds, until the next news story comes out. We change opinions very easily. We are swayed very easily. We are their puppets. Media controls the world. They know their way in. They have ONE WEAPON against cryptocurrency. YOUR OPINION OF IT. And they know it. Media. That's why FUD is so powerful and needs to be respected. It's why we need to read more than titles on news articles. We need to question what we read, whether it's good news or bad news. We need to think about "what are the motives of the person saying this to me". Does the government have a conflict of interest when they state that crypto is gambling? Do they have skin in the game? What about wall street? Does WEISS ratings possibly have incentive to come out with poor ratings? Do banks have incentive to lock accounts in order to "protect" customers from "unsafe investments" when their entire business model revolves around holding as much of your money as possible and making money off it? Do you think banks have any super secret hidden interest in preventing you from storing your money elsewhere? I'm not sure, maybe you can critically think about that. Just understand that this goes both ways. When crypto is booming and Fox news is showing people how to buy $4 ripple on prime time, you may want to start putting in some stop loss orders. When the suicide hotline is stickied at the top of /r/cryptocurrency and everyone is panic selling, you may want to start picking up some firesale deals. So, the question is this... Is crypto undervalued or overvalued at it's price today? Where is the price going long term? I'm not talking about it's use case, I'm talking about in the court of public opinion, where is THAT going? Because THAT is what is going to drive price in the future. Without a crystal ball, this is of course impossible to know. Do your own research and form your own opinion. It could very well be that the technology having a use-case will in and of itself drive opinion, and thus price. But make sure you understand that it's not the technology itself, it's not the value of the business itself, it's not the use case itself that will drive price, it is the publics OPINION of that thing which drives price. They are intertwined, but they are NOT the same thing. TLDR: VERY VERY little money has to move around in order to swing prices drastically, up or down. Money in and out doesn't drive price, OPINION does. How do you let the news you read impact your opinion?How are you being played (on both sides, shilling and FUD). Something is only worth what people think it's worth. Often that's based on reality, value, business, money, but often it's entirely emotional. Structure your portfolio in a balance, intelligent way, using risk methodology.. Invest money you are willing to lose. Support legitimate technology and teams who are actively driving their product to completion, coding, and marketing. Stop trying to make money overnight in pump and dump scams, or pyramid schemes. Every day, take one coin, do a deep dive on it, learn it inside and out. Look into their team and their past. Do that every day for a year, and you just learned 365 coins inside and out. Ask yourself the following key questions: Have those members consistently jumped ship on previous projects? Is that where you want to invest in? Is their team capable of executing on their vision? Are they trying to solve world hunger, and their team is a few 16 year olds in a garage? How active is their github? Are they adding chunks of code regularly, or is a ghost town? Are they marketing their product at all? Or is marketing the only thing they are doing? What are the economics of their coin itself? Is it required to be used to gain access to their technology? Are there burns? How premined is it, and what portion do the founders hold? What about their vision? Are they trying to solve a problem that needs to be solved? What are the economics of that problem and how much money does the solution potentially save clients? These are all questions you should be asking when you give your money to someone else. We're a lot more stable than we were - a correction was bound to happen. Too much early money wanted to cash in profits. These people have been replaced by new money who is holding on their own ground floor. The whole industry in general is still in very early stages. Rest assured that anyone reading this is still very much an early adopter. Just make sure you are investing in actual technology, and supporting capable teams, and not buying air. Buy the Googles and Amazons of Crypto, not the pets.com or flooz.com of cryptos. Happy investing everyone. /EDIT: some have asked to donate some crypto. Do me a favour instead, sub to my YouTube channel (link at top) watch my videos how to get started properly, and plant your own trees and establish food sovereignty for your family and your community, and help save the bees, save our topsoil, and sequester carbon to reverse global warming. My goal is to get a gardener back into every home on the planet. THAT is how we heal this world. submitted by /u/Suuperdad to r/CryptoCurrency [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
Suuperdad |
Feb 5, 2018 |
|
I found a dead body at my client's house.
I have been working as a landscaper/house decorator for the past 6 years, and people have some odd stuff in their house. But this....this is just the craziest shit I have ever seen. Yesterday I was outside my client's house in their backyard, measuring spaces for the new garden they wanted my team and I to put in. The family just moved in there only a few months ago, and they still had a few boxes here and there. In the right corner of the backyard there is a small shed, that looked older compared to the modernized house it belonged to. I asked the dad of the family, Fred, if there were any extra tools in that shed that my team and I could use. He said they had never even gone into the shed yet, so he wouldn't know. Which, I mean I understand people don't go in their sheds often, but they have been living there for like I said a few months, so wouldn't they at least check it out? Anyways, my team and I opened up the shed anyways to check it out, and by reading the title of this post, you know what we found. There was a dead body, fully clothed, sitting straight up in a wooden chair, dead center of the shed's interior. It was creepy as hell. It was posed to look like it was still alive almost. My team and I thought it was someone who was alive for a second, right as we opened the door and saw the body we said "Oh sorry." and shut it. Then we realized that there was no response, and the family said they had never been in there before. So we slowly opened it again. We soon realized this person was dead. We all instantly ran out of there, slammed the door, and ran straight into the house. The family was all in the family room, and right as we were about to scream out what we saw, we thought out of respect it was best not to say in front of the children. So we asked if we could speak to Fred in private. Fred could tell we were worried. "What happened? You guys alright?" Fred said trying to calm us down. "Sir," I spoke up with a shaky voice, "we found a body in your shed." Right as I said it, I thought what if this guy is the murderer, and we just told him that we found his victim and he now has to kill us? But luckily, that didn't seem to be the case. He had a genuinely shocked look on his face. "WHAT?" he screamed out. We all ran into the backyard, and Fred opened up the shed doors. Fred screamed. "Holy shit! How the hell did this...? I-I I'm lost for words." Fred rambled. The rest of my crew and I all shared frightened looks. As soon as he opened that door, a chill ran down my spine. We were all confused, but at the same time we were petrified. The body was now laying down on a bed, that wasn't there before. It was posed as if it were sleeping. The body was now wearing different clothes. It was in pajamas. "Fred, um, the body was sitting in a chair before." one of my crew members said. "What do you mean?" Fred asked. "Well, the body was on a chair before. There was no bed in here, and now that chair is gone too." I think we're definitely gonna call the police soon. Expect me to post an update later, I'll probably add "part 2" or something like that to it. PART 2 UPDATE: We ended up calling the police, obviously. Around ten minutes after we called they showed up. The two officers walked to the backyard while we explained to them everything that happened. They seemed really skeptical, but frightened at the same time. One of the officers instantly opened up the shed doors. More chills ran through everyone. The body sat on a tricycle, with its hands on the handles, and head tilted downwards. "What the fuck?" one of the cops blurted out. "Officer, there was no tricycle before either, this shit is getting weirder and weirder." George, one of the members of my crew, said. We all took a step back from the shed, something crazy was going on but no one could think of anything. "Zombies aren't real right?" said Pat, another crew member, in a sarcastic voice. We all shook our heads. I'm not a huge believer in ghosts, but this shit was making me believe anything at this point. The two cops entered the shed, and pulled out their flashlights. They waves them around to see what they could find. Mostly just shelves of old tools and random stuff the previous owner had left. We all discussed amongst ourselves our theories while the cops investigated. Fred kept asking things like "How did the inspector not see this?" While we all asked each other "Where the hell did that bed come from? Or that tricycle?" "I found something." an officer said. We all walked over to him to see his discovery. It was a door. A really small door. One you would have to crouch to go through. Fred seemed to have thought of an idea, and you could tell it scared him tremendously. Fred's jaw literally dropped open, and he put his hand over his mouth to hide it. Fred suddenly ran right back inside the house. My crew and I followed him to see what was wrong. We walked inside, and we saw Fred putting his kid's coats on them, and calling for his wife. He was ready to book it out of the house with all of them. "Fred? Fred!" I said trying to slow him down. "Whats wrong?" Fred looked up at me with absolute terror in his eyes. There was an abrupt scream from the backyard. We all turned around, and rushed outside. One of the cops was down on the floor, like they fell over from shock. We all glanced over at the shed. The body was now sitting still at a dinner table, with the other officer sitting with him. We all screamed, it didn't take a genius to figure out the cop was dead. Fred began to speak up about his theory, "What if, the body wasn't moving on its own?" "What do you mean by that?" George asked. "What if, someone else was moving the body?" Fred said with a shaky voice. We all froze, all of our thoughts were suddenly linked. All of our skin turned cold, our hearts getting louder to our own hearing. In perfect synchronization, we all slowly turned our heads over to the door in the shed. The one the officer who died was investigating. Someone or something, was in there. Every time we left and came back, they positioned the body like it was a toy. What a disgusting thing, I can't process anything right now. We are all inside now, discussing if more cops would make it worse or better. Even if the answer was simple, we couldn't think straight, knowing there was a potential killer right in the backyard. I don't know what to do now, I'll update you when we decide what to do next. PART 3 After a decently long time of discussing in the house, we decided if we all went in at once, the killer couldn't get us all right? The cop has a gun, so we made him go first. We walked slowly to the backyard, way more uncomfortably than before, knowing someone was in there. We maneuvered around the dead cop, and other body, gathering around the small door. The cop opened the door ever so slightly, making an unsettling creaking noise. He raised his gun beside his flashlight and looked into the dark closet like room. I popped my head in to see what he was looking at. The light of the flashlight moved around slowly going from corner to corner of the room. Then, suddenly the flashlight stopped. I looked to see where the cop focused the light on. And, then I saw it. It was a man, hiding in the corner of the room, standing straight up, with his head tilted down, and a eerie smile. He was looking right at us. Once again, we had a moment of everyone frozen. There we were feet away from a smiling man with a flashlight pointed right at him. The cop without hesitation, shot the man in the leg. The man fell to the floor, screeching in pain. Though, he was still smiling. He was like the Joker or some shit from Batman. The cop dragged him outside the room and into open area of the shed. "Did you kill these two men?" the cop angrily said as he pointed to the bodies at the dinner table. The man simply just nodded. "I need you to say 'yes' out loud to me." "Yes." the man finally spoke. His voice was crackily, and soft. His face never ceased to smile. "Why? Who are you? Why are they posed like this? How did you get here?" the cop said as he began to choke up on his words and burst out into tears. It was the messiest interrogation I had ever seen. I supposed he was close to the other cop. "How did I get here? Is that even a question? I live here." the man asked. He actually seemed surprised by the officer's question. Yet, the way he said it, he sounded playful. Once again, the Joker is a perfect example of his voice, the Mark Hamill version to be precise. "ANSWER ME!" the cop yelled out in emotional pain. "Calm down officer. No need to be mad. My name is Stephen E. Burns." Fred cut in, "That's the name of the guy who built this place." The cop decided it was best to continue to investigation back at the police department. An ambulance came to pick up Stephen E. Burns, and another came to pick up the two bodies. After a few days of waiting for a response from the cops, the officer who was with us, Officer Dean is apparently his name, called Fred. Fred called my crew and I over to his house to discuss what they found out. Turns out Stephen E. Burns was indeed the original owner of the house, and the body, was the most previous owner before Fred. Stephen E. Burns apparently was pronounced dead a few years back, but he had been secretly hiding in the shed since. Then the house was sold to Jerry Hayes, who was the first body we found. Weird to think, if I never checked that shed that day, Fred and his family could have been next. Just the feeling of how that small decision could have gone horrifically wrong makes me sick inside. Stephen E. Burns was apparently a childish older man. He used to own a toy store a few streets down. That is the closest thing we can find to justifying his reasoning for dressing up the bodies and posing them like dolls. Creepy. Ass. Shit. Not something I expected to happen while being a landscaper. I think this is it, hopefully, but I will keep you updated if any more insane fucked up stuff happens. submitted by /u/RobertQDanvers to r/nosleep [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
RobertQDanvers |
Nov 13, 2017 |
|
Secret santa gift ideas for my gardener friend?
My friends and I are doing a secret santa and I'm the secret santa for my gardener friend. She started a vegetable garden in her Portland, OR backyard and has been very enthusiastic about it. We have a $20 minimum and $45 maximum. If anyone has any ideas, I would be very grateful. submitted by /u/cmridlehoover to r/gardening [link] [comments]
|
reddit.com |
cmridlehoover |
Nov 29, 2016 |